Service and Maintenance Manual - AL Del

Service and Maintenance Manual - AL Del
Service and Maintenance Manual
Model(s)
1230ES
P/N - 3121222
February 22, 2012
NOTES:
INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A. GENERAL
C. MAINTENANCE
This section contains the general safety precautions
which must be observed during maintenance of the aerial
platform. It is of utmost importance that maintenance personnel pay strict attention to these warnings and precautions to avoid possible injury to themselves or others or
damage to the equipment. A maintenance program must
be established by a qualified person and must be followed
to ensure that the machine is safe to operate.
MODIFICATION OF THE MACHINE WITHOUT CERTIFICATION BY
A RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITY THAT THE MACHINE IS AT LEAST
AS SAFE AS ORIGINALLY MANUFACTURED IS A SAFETY VIOLATION.
The specific precautions to be observed during machine
maintenance are inserted at the appropriate point in the
manual. These precautions are, for the most part, those
that apply when servicing hydraulic and larger machine
component parts.
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always
be conscious of component weight and never attempt to
move heavy parts without the aid of a mechanical device.
Do not allow heavy objects to rest in an unstable position.
When raising a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support is provided.
SINCE THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER HAS NO DIRECT CONTROL OVER THE FIELD INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE,
SAFETY IN THIS AREA IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/
OPERATOR.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LISTED IN
THIS SECTION COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE, PERSONNEL INJURY OR DEATH AND IS A SAFETY VIOLATION.
• REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES, AND JEWELRY
WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
• DO NOT WEAR LONG HAIR UNRESTRAINED, OR
LOOSE FITTING CLOTHING AND NECKTIES WHICH
ARE APT TO BECOME CAUGHT ON OR ENTANGLED
IN EQUIPMENT.
• OBSERVE AND OBEY ALL DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONS ON MACHINE
AND IN SERVICE MANUAL.
• KEEP STANDING SURFACES AND HAND HOLDS
FREE OF OIL, GREASE, WATER, ETC.
• NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED PLATFORM
UNTIL PLATFORM HAS BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED
FROM ANY MOVEMENT BY BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING.
• BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR
PERFORMING ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE, SHUT
OFF ALL POWER CONTROLS.
• BATTERY SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED
DURING REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
• KEEP ALL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ATTACHMENTS STOWED IN THEIR PROPER PLACE.
• USE ONLY APPROVED, NONFLAMMABLE CLEANING
SOLVENTS.
B. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY
1. It should be particularly noted that the machines
hydraulic systems operate at extremely high and
potentially dangerous pressures. Every effort should
be made to relieve any system pressure prior to disconnecting or removing any portion of the system.
2. Relieve system pressure by lowering the platform
completely to direct any line pressure back into the
return line to the reservoir. Pressure feed lines to
system components can then be disconnected with
minimal fluid loss.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
a
INTRODUCTION - REVISION LOG
REVISION LOG
Original Issue of Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 8, 2006
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 13, 2006
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . January 23, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . February 26, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 22, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 30, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . April 11, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 15, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . November 30, 2007
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 4, 2008
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . November 11, 2008
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . August 18, 2010
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . August 31, 2011
Manual Revised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . February 22, 2012
b
– JLG Lift –
3121222
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT - SECTION, PARAGRAPH
PAGE NO.
MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
A
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
B
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
C
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
REVISION LOG
....................................................................B
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Platform Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Dimensional Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Critical Stability Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.2 LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Lubrication Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Oil Check Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.3 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.4 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.5 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Start Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Annual Machine Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preventative Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Maintenance and Inspection Table Codes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Footnotes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.3 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Safety and Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Components Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Component Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Pressure-Fit Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Bolt Usage and Torque Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Lubrication and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2.4 LUBRICATION INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
3121222
– JLG Lift –
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Changing Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
3.1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 MODES OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Ground Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Platform mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.3 CAN COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.4 CONTROLS & SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Joystick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Tilt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.5 TRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Personalities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3.6 PUMP/LIFT/MAST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Personalities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.7 STEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Personalities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.1 BASE ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2 BASE FRAME COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Base Top Cover - Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Step Plate/Battery Charger Cover - Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Battery Tray/Side Door - Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.3 WHEELS AND TIRES - DRIVE AND REAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Tire Wear and Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Wheel and Tire Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Wheel Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.4 REAR WHEEL HUB - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.5 STEERING LINKAGE ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.6 STEER CYLINDER - SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Steer Cylinder Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Hydraulic Cylinder Component Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Steer Cylinder - Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.7 DRIVE MOTOR/SPINDLE ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.8 WHEEL DRIVE ASSEMBLY - SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Roll And Leak Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Oil Type & Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Drive Motor Power Harness Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Wheel Drive Brake - Manual Disengage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Wheel Drive Motor Assembly - Removal From Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Drive Motor Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Drive Motor Inspection and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Drive Motor - Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Main Gear Box Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Input Carrier Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Hub - Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
ii
– JLG Lift –
3121222
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Spindle Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Spindle Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Hub Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Input Carrier Sub-Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Main Gear Box Sub-Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4.9 HYDRAULIC PUMP/MOTOR/VALVE ASSEMBLY - SERVICE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Common Difficulties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Pump Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Hydraulic System Pressure Check Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Hydraulic System Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Pump/Motor/Valve Assembly - Removal/Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Motor Cover/Motor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Preventative Maintenance - Brush Wear - Dust Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Motor Brush Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
4.10 POT HOLE PROTECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.1 CONTROL COMPONENTS OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2 CONTROL COMPONENTS - SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Main Power Contactor Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Elevation Limit Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Ground Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Beacon - Frame Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Manual Brake Release Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
AC Power - Breaker Box Installation (CE Specification Machines ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 TRACTION SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Common Traction System Difficulties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 POWER MODULE - P/N-1600346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Power Module Electrical Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Power Module Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5 POWER MODULE - P/N-1001092456 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
ZAPI Power Module Electrical Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.6 GROUND CONTROL MODULE - SERVICE PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Ground Control Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Printed Circuit Board (PCB) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.7
PLATFORM CONTROL STATION - SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Platform Control Station Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Upper Control Box - Component Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Lower Control Box - Component Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.8 BATTERY/BATTERY CHARGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Battery Maintenance and Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Battery Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.9 BATTERY CHARGER - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Battery Charger Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.10 BATTERY CHARGER/INVERTER (OPTION) - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
6.1 MAST COMPONENTS OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.2 PLATFORM TOOL TRAY - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.3 MAST COVER PLATE - INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
3121222
– JLG Lift –
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.4 PLATFORM AC RECEPTACLE BOX - INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.5 MAST ASSEMBLY - COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.6 PLATFORM ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Platform - Extending Mast Unpowered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Platform Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Platform Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.7 MAST ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Mast Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Mast Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Mast - Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Mast Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Multi-Stage Hydraulic Cylinder - Cylinder Bleeding Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Mast Installation Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.8 MULTI-STAGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER - SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Hydaulic Cylinder - Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Hydraulic Cylinder Component Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Hydraulic Cylinder - Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Hydraulic Cylinder Assembly Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
To Connect the Hand Held Analyzer: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Using the Analyzer: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held Analyzer: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Machine Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION PROGRAMMING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
7.3 MACHINE PERSONALITY - ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.4 TILT SENSOR CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Ground Module Software Version 1.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Ground Module Software Version 1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Calibration Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.5 TILT SENSOR ELECTRICAL EVALUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7.6 ELEVATION ANGLE SENSOR ELECTRICAL EVALUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Tilt vs. Allowed Height Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
7.7 ELEVATION SENSOR CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
8.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2 X-CONNECTOR REFERENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.3 DTC INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.4 DTC CHECK TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
0-0 Help Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
2-1 Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
2-2 Platform Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
2-3 Ground Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
2-5 Function Prevented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
3-1 Line Contactor Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
3-2 Line Contactor Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
3-3 Ground Output Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
4-2 Thermal Limit (SOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
4-4 Battery Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
iv
– JLG Lift –
3121222
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6-6 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
6-7 Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
7-7 Electric Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-1 Tilt Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8-2 Platform Load Sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
9-9 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.2 MULTIMETER BASICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Backprobing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Min/Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Continuity Measurement Over Long Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Requirements: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9.3 ELECTRICAL SWITCH TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Basic Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Switch Wiring - Low Side, High Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
9.4 APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC COMPOUND TO AMP CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Wedge Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Service - Voltage Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.5 WORKING WITH DEUTSCH CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
DT/DTP Series Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
DT/DTP Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.6 X-CONNECTOR REFERENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.7 CONNECTOR LOADING DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.8 X-CONNECTOR ID INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
9.9 MACHINE LOCATION OF COMPONENT X-CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
9.10 ELECTRICAL LAYOUT AND SCHEMATICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
9.11 PIN INPUT/OUTPUT TYPES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.12 AC POWER RECEPTACLES AND WIRING (PLATFORM) - CE SPEC MACHINES ONLY . . . . . . 9-38
9.12 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
3121222
– JLG Lift –
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE NO.
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
1-7.
1-8.
2-1.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
4-10.
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
5-45.
5-46.
5-7.
5-8.
6-1.
6-2.
6-3.
6-4.
6-5.
6-6.
6-7.
6-8.
6-10.
6-9.
6-11.
6-12.
6-14.
6-13.
6-15.
6-16.
vi
TITLE
PAGE NO.
Hydraulic Oil Check Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 2 of 7)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 3 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 4 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 7)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 6 of 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 7 of 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Platform Mast Support Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Basic Electronic Module Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Drive Motors Schematic - 1600346 (SEVCON) Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Drive Motors Schematic - 1001092456 (ZAPI) Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
LIFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Hydraulic Pump Electrical Schematic - 1600423 (SEVCON) Power Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
STEER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Base Assembly Components.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Drive Motor Power Harness Routing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Brake Manual Disengage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Drive Motor Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Drive Motor Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Drive Motor End View (Brake End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Motor Terminal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Bearing Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
Main Electrical Power Connections - (1600346 - SEVCON Power Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
Main Electrical Power Connections - (1001092456 - ZAPI Power Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Hydraulic Pump - Hydraulic Line and Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Relief Pressure Setting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Main Electrical Power Connections - (1600346 - SEVCON Power Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Main Electrical Power Connections - (1001092456 - ZAPI Power Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Power Module - Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Sevcon Power Module Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
ZAPI Power Module Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Ground Control Station Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Tilt Sensor Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Tilt Sensor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Platform Control Station Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Battery Fluid Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Mast Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
Mast Assembly - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Mast Assembly - Orientation (Top View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Extending Mast Unpowered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Platform to Mast - Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Mast - Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Mast Base Mounting Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Power-Trak - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Hydraulic Cylinder Bottom End Bolts - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Hydraulic Cylinder Connections - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Hydraulic Cylinder Top End Bolts - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Hydraulic Cylinder - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
Mast Sections - Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
Power-Trak - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
1230ES Lift Cylinder Internal Components - Top End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
1230ES Lift Cylinder Internal Components - Lower End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
– JLG Lift –
3121222
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6-17.
6-18.
6-19.
6-20.
6-21.
7-1.
7-2.
7-3.
7-4.
7-5.
9-1.
9-2.
9-3.
9-4.
9-5.
9-6.
9-7.
9-8.
9-9.
9-10.
9-11.
9-12.
9-13.
9-14.
9-15.
9-16.
9-17.
9-18.
9-19.
9-20.
9-21.
3121222
Valve Block - Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Cylinder #2 and #3 Assembly - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
Cylinder Rod/Gland - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Cylinder Rod Piston - Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Cyl. #2/3 to Cylinder Joint Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sevcon vP1.14 - Sheet 1 of 2 - (4170032 -15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sevcon vP1.14 - Sheet 2 - (4170032 - 15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 1 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 2 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 3 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
Voltage Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3
Current Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3
Connector Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11
DT/DTP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
DT/DTP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
HD/HDP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
HD/HDP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
1230ES - Location of Component X-Connectors on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
1230ES -Location of Component X-Connectors on Ground Control Module.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1600346 Drive Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1001092456 Drive Module) . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1600346 Drive Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Electrical Schematic (Ground Control Module) - (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module) . . .9-32
Battery Charger/Inverter Electrical Connection Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Hydraulic Diagram. (2792703_B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
– JLG Lift –
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO.
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
2-1
2-2
4-1
4-2
4-3
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-9
9-10
9-11
viii
TITLE
PAGE NO.
Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Tire Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Battery Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Critical Stability Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Hydraulic Oil Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Maintenance and Inspection Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Preventive Maintenance & Inspection Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Wheel Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Hydraulic System - Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Hydraulic Pump - Selenoid Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
ZAPI Power Module Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Module Terminal Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Tilt Sensor Harness for 1810140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Tilt Sensor Harness for 1001114936. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Battery Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Machine Configuration Programming Information (4150473-F) - Machines Equipped with
Sevcon (1600346) Power Module ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
Machine Configuration Programming Information (1001115626-B) - Machines Equipped with
ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Machine Personality Adjustment (4150472-H) - Machines Equipped with
Sevcon (1600346) Power Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
Machine Personality Adjustment (1001115627-B) - Machines Equipped with
ZAPI (1001092456) Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
Tilt Cutout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Connector Loading Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
X-Connector ID Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
Ground Board J1 - Connector X001 (1600346 Power Module ONLY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Ground Board J2 - Connector X002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Ground Board J3 - Connector X003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Platform Board J1 - Connector X050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Platform Board J3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Platform Board J4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Power Module - Connector X027 (1600346 Power Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
Power Module - J1 (1001092456 Power Module ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Power Module - J2 (1001092456 Power Module ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1. MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Table 1-1. Operating Specifications
Description
Model 1230ES
Platform
Maximum Platform Height
12 ft. (3.66 m)
Lift Up Time - w/maximum rated load
11 - 17 seconds
Lift Down Time - w/maximum rated load
11 - 25 seconds
Driving
Maximum Drive Speed
Stowed:
Elevated:
Maximum Stowed Travel Grade (Gradeability)
3 mph (4.8 kph)
0.5 mph (0.8 kph)
25% (14°)
Maximum Stowed Travel Grade (Sideslope)
5°
Inside Turning Radius
4.4 in. (11.2 cm)
Outside Turning Radius
57.6 in. (1.46 m)
Chassis
Approximate Gross Machine Weight - Global
1775 lb. (805 kg) - ANSI/CSA
1740 lb. (790 kg) - CE/AUS/JPN
Maximum Tire Load (per wheel)
880 lb (400 kg)
Ground Bearing Pressure
Ground Clearance:
123 PSI ( 8.7 kg/cm2 )
(pot hole protection system up):
(pot hole protection system down):
Maximum Operating Wind Speed
28 mph - ANSI/CSA
0 m/s - CE/AUST - Indoor Use Only
Maximum Horizontal Manual Side Force:
(Platform fully extended with Maximum load)
45 Pound Force
(200 Newtons)
Maximum Hydraulic System Pressure Setting
1600 psi (110 bar) - Lift
1250 psi (86 bar) - Steer
Electrical System Voltage (DC)
3121222
2.6 in (66 mm)
0.5 in (12.2 mm)
24V
– JLG Lift –
1-1
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Critical Stability Weights
Platform Capacities
Table 1-2. Capacities
Model
DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY, SUCH AS
BATTERIES OR SOLID TIRES, WITH ITEMS OF DIFFERENT
WEIGHT OR SPECIFICATION. DO NOT MODIFY UNIT IN ANY WAY
TO AFFECT STABILITY.
CE/AUST
(Indoor Only)
ANSI/CSA
Max
Capacity
Max
Persons
Max
Capacity
Max
Persons
500 lb
2
230 kg
1
1230ES
Component
Dimensional Data
Table 1-3. Dimensions
Description
Table 1-6. Critical Stability Weights
Model 1230ES
Wheel and Tire Assembly (each)
15 lb.
7 kg
Wheel/Tire and Drive Assembly (each)
93 lb.
42 kg
Batteries - Standard (each)
62 lb.
28 kg
Batteries - Standard - Combined
248 lb.
112 kg
1.2 LUBRICATION
Platform Height - Elevated
(Platform base to ground)
12 ft.
3.66m
Platform Height - Stowed
(Platform base to ground)
22 in.
56cm
Working Height
18 ft.
5.48m
Component
Overall Stowed Machine Height
65.25 in.
166cm
Rail Height (From platform floor)
43.8 in.
111.2cm
Hydraulic Tank
Hydraulic System (Including Tank)
30 in.
76cm
Overall Machine Length
53.5 in.
1.36m
Platform Size - Length
49.4 in.
1.26m
27 in.
69cm
40.75 in.
103.5cm
Overall Machine Width
Platform Size - Width
Wheelbase
Lubrication Capacities
Table 1-7. Capacities
1230ES
0.80 Gal.
1.75 Gal.
3L
4.1 L
Hydraulic Oil
NOTE: Machines built in Europe installed hydraulic oil (Nervofluid 15) which has a BLUE TINT for identification
purposes only, but is fully compatible and can be
mixed with any of the JLG recommended hydraulic
oils mentioned following.
Table 1-8. Hydraulic Oil
Tires
Hydraulic System Operating
Temperature Range
Table 1-4. Tire Specifications
Description
12.72 in. x 3.937 in.
( 323mm x 100mm)
Max Tire Load
2500 lb. (1134 kg)
Wheel Bolt Torque
120 ft lb (163 Nm)
0? F to +23? F (-18? C to -5? C)
10W
10W-20, 10W-30
50? F to 210? F (+10? C to +210? C)
20W-20
NOTE:
Batteries
Table 1-5. Battery Specifications
Description
Model 1230ES
Voltage (24V System - Series)
6 V per battery (deep cycle)
Amp Hour (Standard Battery)
220 Amp Hour @ 20 HR. Rate
Reserve Capacity
447 Minutes
SAE Viscosity Grade
0? F to 210? F (-18? C to + 99? C)
Model 1230ES
Size
1-2
Model 1230 ES
– JLG Lift –
Hydraulic oils must have anti-wear qualities at least
to API Service Classification GL-3, and sufficient
chemical stability for mobile hydraulic system service. JLG recommends Mobilfluid DTE 11M hydraulic oil, which has an SAE viscosity index of 140.
When temperatures remain below 20° F (-7° C), JLG
recommends the use of Mobil DTE13. Aside from
JLG recommendations, it is not advisable to mix oils
of different brands or types, as they may not contain
the same required additives or be of comparable
viscosities. If use of hydraulic oil other than Mobilfluid DTE 11M is desired, contact JLG for proper
recommendations.
3121222
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Lubrication Specifications
NOTE: Care should be taken not to introduce any impurities
(dirt, water etc.) while cap is removed.
Table 1-9. Lubrication Specifications
Key
Specifications
MPG
Multipurpose Grease having a minimum dripping point of
350° F. Excellent water resistance and adhesive qualities,
and being of extreme pressure type. (Timken OK 40
pounds minimum.)
EPGL
Extreme Pressure Gear Lube (oil) meeting API service
classification GL-5 or MIL-Spec MIL-L-2105.
HO
Hydraulic Oil - Mobil DTE 11M or Nervofluid 15 (Europe)
Table 1-10. Hydraulic Oil Specifications
Specification
Mobil DTE 11M
Nervofluid 15
ISO Viscosity Grade
#15
#15
Gravity API
31.9
—
Pour Point, Max
-40° F (-40° C)
-40° C (-40° F)
Flash Point, Min.
330° F (166° C)
175° C (347° F)
at 40° C
15 cSt
14.9 mm2/s
at 100° C
4.1 cSt
3.8 mm2/s
at 100° F
80 SUS
—
1.3 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS
at 210° F
43 SUS
—
cp at -30° F
3.200
—
140
153
NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches (in), with the metric equivalent, centimeters (cm), given in parentheses.
Figure 1-1. Hydraulic Oil Check Procedure
NOTE:
Viscosity Specifications
Viscosity Index
Recommended lubricating intervals are based on
machine operations under normal conditions. For
machines used in multi-shift operations and/or
exposed to hostile environments or conditions,
lubrication frequencies must be increased accordingly.
Table 1-11. Cylinder Specifications
Oil Check Procedure
NOTE:
Be certain the hydraulic oil has warmed to operating temperature before checking the oil level in the
reservoir.
1. From either side of the machine, open the side
access door on the base frame (1). Locate the
hydraulic oil reservoir (2) on the pump unit (3).
Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir by looking at the markings on the side of the tank. The reservoir is marked with MIN (minimum) and MAX
(maximum) markings (4). The oil level must be
within these markings to operate properly.
2. If additional oil is required, wipe all dirt and debris
from the filler/breather cap (5) area, add proper
grade of oil by using a funnel with a flexible spout or
a plastic squeeze bottle. Fill until oil level is between
the MIN and MAX markings (4).
3121222
Bore
in./(cm)
Stroke
in./(cm)
Rod Dia.
in./(cm)
Lift Cylinder
1.57 (4)
124 (315)
1.18 (3)
Steer Cylinder
1.97 (5)
4.21 (10.7)
0.98 (2.5)
Description
Lube Point(s) - Hydraulic Reservoir
Reservoir Capacity: 0.80 Gal. (3 L)
Lube - Hydraulic Oil
Interval - Check Daily
1.4 TORQUE REQUIREMENTS
When maintenance becomes necessary or a fastener has
loosened, refer to the applicable Torque Chart in this section of the manual to determine proper torque values for
various size fasteners.
1.5 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS
For machine identification, a metal serial number plate is
affixed to the machine. The plate is mounted behind the
left rear wheel on the side of the base frame. The machine
serial number can also be found on a bar code label
placed on the platform control station mounting plate in
the platform.
– JLG Lift –
1-3
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)
SAE GRADE 5 BOLTS & GRADE 2 NUTS
Torque
Lubricated
Torque
(Dry)
Tensile
Clamp Load
Stress Area
Torque
Torque
(Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
(Loctite® 262TM or VibraTM
OR Vibra-TITE 111 or
TITETM 131)
140)
Size
TPI
Bolt Dia
In
Sq In
LB
IN-LB
[N.m]
IN-LB
[N.m]
IN-LB
[N.m]
4
40
48
32
40
32
36
24
32
20
28
0.1120
0.1120
0.1380
0.1380
0.1640
0.1640
0.1900
0.1900
0.2500
0.2500
0.00604
0.00661
0.00909
0.01015
0.01400
0.01474
0.01750
0.02000
0.0318
0.0364
380
420
580
610
900
940
1120
1285
2020
2320
8
9
16
18
30
31
43
49
96
120
0.9
1.0
1.8
2.0
3.4
3.5
4.8
5.5
10.8
13.5
6
7
12
13
22
23
32
36
75
86
0.7
0.8
1.4
1.5
2.5
2.6
3.5
4
9
10
105
135
12
15
18
24
16
24
14
20
13
20
12
18
11
18
10
16
9
14
8
12
7
12
7
12
6
12
6
12
In
0.3125
0.3125
0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000
0.5000
0.5625
0.5625
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000
1.1250
1.1250
1.2500
1.2500
1.3750
1.3750
1.5000
1.5000
Sq In
0.0524
0.0580
0.0775
0.0878
0.1063
0.1187
0.1419
0.1599
0.1820
0.2030
0.2260
0.2560
0.3340
0.3730
0.4620
0.5090
0.6060
0.6630
0.7630
0.8560
0.9690
1.0730
1.1550
1.3150
1.4050
1.5800
LB
3340
3700
4940
5600
6800
7550
9050
10700
11600
12950
14400
16300
21300
23800
29400
32400
38600
42200
42300
47500
53800
59600
64100
73000
78000
87700
FT-LB
17
19
30
35
50
55
75
90
110
120
150
170
260
300
430
470
640
700
800
880
1120
1240
1460
1680
1940
2200
[N.m]
23
26
41
47
68
75
102
122
149
163
203
230
353
407
583
637
868
949
1085
1193
1518
1681
1979
2278
2630
2983
FT-LB
13
14
23
25
35
40
55
65
80
90
110
130
200
220
320
350
480
530
600
660
840
920
1100
1260
1460
1640
[N.m]
18
19
31
34
47
54
75
88
108
122
149
176
271
298
434
475
651
719
813
895
1139
1247
1491
1708
1979
2224
FT-LB
19
21
35
40
55
60
85
100
120
135
165
190
285
330
475
520
675
735
840
925
1175
1300
1525
1750
2025
2300
[N.m]
26
29
48
54
75
82
116
136
163
184
224
258
388
449
646
707
918
1000
1142
1258
1598
1768
2074
2380
2754
3128
6
8
10
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
NOTES:
1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
IN-LB
[N.m]
FT-LB
16
17
28
32
45
50
68
80
98
109
135
153
240
268
386
425
579
633
714
802
1009
1118
1322
1506
1755
1974
[N.m]
22
23
38
43
61
68
92
108
133
148
183
207
325
363
523
576
785
858
968
1087
1368
1516
1792
2042
2379
2676
NO. 5000059 REV. J
REFERENCE JLG ANEROBIC THREAD LOCKING COMPOUND
JLG P/N
Loctite® P/N
ND Industries P/N
0100011
0100019
0100071
242TM
271TM
262TM
Vibra-TITE TM 121
Vibra-TITE TM 140
Vibra-TITE TM 131
Description
Medium Strength (Blue)
High Strength (Red)
Medium - High Strength (Red)
Figure 1-2. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 7)
1-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
SAE GRADE 8 (HEX HD) BOLTS & GRADE 8 NUTS*
Tensile
Clamp Load
Stress Area
Torque
(Dry or Loctite® 263)
K= 0.20
Torque
Torque
(Loctite® 242TM or 271TM (Loctite® 262TM or VibraOR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or
TITETM 131)
140)
K=.18
K=0.15
Size
TPI
Bolt Dia
In
Sq In
LB
IN-LB
[N.m]
IN-LB
[N.m]
4
40
48
32
40
32
36
24
32
20
28
0.1120
0.1120
0.1380
0.1380
0.1640
0.1640
0.1900
0.1900
0.2500
0.2500
0.00604
0.00661
0.00909
0.01015
0.01400
0.01474
0.01750
0.02000
0.0318
0.0364
1320
1580
1800
2860
3280
43
60
68
143
164
5
7
8
16
19
129
148
15
17
18
24
16
24
14
20
13
20
12
18
11
18
10
16
9
14
8
12
7
12
7
12
6
12
6
12
In
0.3125
0.3125
0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000
0.5000
0.5625
0.5625
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000
1.1250
1.1250
1.2500
1.2500
1.3750
1.3750
1.5000
1.5000
Sq In
0.0524
0.0580
0.0775
0.0878
0.1063
0.1187
0.1419
0.1599
0.1820
0.2030
0.2260
0.2560
0.3340
0.3730
0.4620
0.5090
0.6060
0.6630
0.7630
0.8560
0.9690
1.0730
1.1550
1.3150
1.4050
1.5800
LB
4720
5220
7000
7900
9550
10700
12750
14400
16400
18250
20350
23000
30100
33600
41600
45800
51500
59700
68700
77000
87200
96600
104000
118100
126500
142200
FT-LB
25
25
45
50
70
80
105
120
155
170
210
240
375
420
605
670
860
995
1290
1445
1815
2015
2385
2705
3165
3555
[N.m]
35
35
60
70
95
110
145
165
210
230
285
325
510
570
825
910
1170
1355
1755
1965
2470
2740
3245
3680
4305
4835
FT-LB
20
25
40
45
65
70
95
110
140
155
190
215
340
380
545
600
770
895
1160
1300
1635
1810
2145
2435
2845
3200
[N.m]
25
35
55
60
90
95
130
150
190
210
260
290
460
515
740
815
1045
1215
1580
1770
2225
2460
2915
3310
3870
4350
6
8
10
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
NOTES:
IN-LB
[N.m]
FT-LB
20
20
35
35
50
60
80
90
115
130
160
180
280
315
455
500
645
745
965
1085
1365
1510
1785
2030
2370
2665
[N.m
25
25
50
50
70
80
110
120
155
175
220
245
380
430
620
680
875
1015
1310
1475
1855
2055
2430
2760
3225
3625
NO. 5000059
REV. J
1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
Figure 1-3. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 2 of 7))
3121222
– JLG Lift –
1-5
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
Magni Coating (Ref 4150701)*
Tensile
Stress Area
Clamp Load
See Note 4
Torque
(Dry) K = .17
Torque
(Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
OR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or
140 OR Precoat 85®
K=0.16
Size
TPI
Bolt Dia
In
Sq In
LB
IN-LB
[N.m]
IN-LB
[N.m]
4
40
48
32
40
32
36
24
32
20
28
0.1120
0.1120
0.1380
0.1380
0.1640
0.1640
0.1900
0.1900
0.2500
0.2500
0.00604
0.00661
0.00909
0.01015
0.01400
0.01474
0.01750
0.02000
0.0318
0.0364
2860
3280
122
139
14
16
114
131
13
15
18
24
16
24
14
20
13
20
12
18
11
18
10
16
9
14
8
12
7
12
7
12
6
12
6
12
In
0.3125
0.3125
0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000
0.5000
0.5625
0.5625
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000
1.1250
1.1250
1.2500
1.2500
1.3750
1.3750
1.5000
1.5000
Sq In
0.0524
0.0580
0.0775
0.0878
0.1063
0.1187
0.1419
0.1599
0.1820
0.2030
0.2260
0.2560
0.3340
0.3730
0.4620
0.5090
0.6060
0.6630
0.7630
0.8560
0.9690
1.0730
1.1550
1.3150
1.4050
1.5800
LB
4720
5220
7000
7900
9550
10700
12750
14400
16400
18250
20350
23000
30100
33600
41600
45800
51500
59700
68700
77000
87200
96600
104000
118100
126500
142200
FT-LB
20
25
35
40
60
65
90
100
130
145
180
205
320
355
515
570
730
845
1095
1225
1545
1710
2025
2300
2690
3020
[N.m]
25
35
50
55
80
90
120
135
175
195
245
280
435
485
700
775
995
1150
1490
1665
2100
2325
2755
3130
3660
4105
FT-LB
20
20
35
40
55
60
85
95
125
135
170
190
300
335
485
535
685
795
1030
1155
1455
1610
1905
2165
2530
2845
[N.m]
25
25
50
55
75
80
115
130
170
185
230
260
410
455
660
730
930
1080
1400
1570
1980
2190
2590
2945
3440
3870
6
8
10
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
Torque
(Loctite® 262TM
TM
or Vibra-TITE 131)
K=0.15
IN-LB
[N.m]
FT-LB
20
20
35
35
50
60
80
90
115
130
160
180
280
315
455
500
645
745
965
1085
1365
1510
1785
2030
2370
2665
[N.m]
25
25
50
50
70
80
110
120
155
175
220
245
380
430
620
680
875
1015
1310
1475
1855
2055
2430
2760
3225
3625
NO. 5000059
REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH
CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-4. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 3 of 7)
1-6
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)*
Tensile
Stress Area
Clamp Load
See Note 4
Torque
(Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
OR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or
140 OR Precoat 85®
K=0.18
Torque
(Dry)
K = .20
Size
TPI
Bolt Dia
In
Sq In
LB
IN-LB
[N.m]
IN-LB
[N.m]
4
40
48
32
40
32
36
24
32
20
28
0.1120
0.1120
0.1380
0.1380
0.1640
0.1640
0.1900
0.1900
0.2500
0.2500
0.00604
0.00661
0.00909
0.01015
0.01400
0.01474
0.01750
0.02000
0.0318
0.0364
2860
3280
143
164
16
19
129
148
15
17
18
24
16
24
14
20
13
20
12
18
11
18
10
16
9
14
8
12
7
12
7
12
6
12
6
12
In
0.3125
0.3125
0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000
0.5000
0.5625
0.5625
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000
1.1250
1.1250
1.2500
1.2500
1.3750
1.3750
1.5000
1.5000
Sq In
0.0524
0.0580
0.0775
0.0878
0.1063
0.1187
0.1419
0.1599
0.1820
0.2030
0.2260
0.2560
0.3340
0.3730
0.4620
0.5090
0.6060
0.6630
0.7630
0.8560
0.9690
1.0730
1.1550
1.3150
1.4050
1.5800
LB
4720
5220
7000
7900
9550
10700
12750
14400
16400
18250
20350
23000
30100
33600
41600
45800
51500
59700
68700
77000
87200
96600
104000
118100
126500
142200
FT-LB
25
25
45
50
70
80
105
120
155
170
210
240
375
420
605
670
860
995
1290
1445
1815
2015
2385
2705
3165
3555
[N.m]
35
35
60
70
95
110
145
165
210
230
285
325
510
570
825
910
1170
1355
1755
1965
2470
2740
3245
3680
4305
4835
FT-LB
20
25
40
45
65
70
95
110
140
155
190
215
340
380
545
600
775
895
1160
1300
1635
1810
2145
2435
2845
3200
[N.m]
25
35
55
60
90
95
130
150
190
210
260
290
460
515
740
815
1055
1215
1580
1770
2225
2460
2915
3310
3870
4350
6
8
10
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
Torque
(Loctite® 262TM
TM
or Vibra-TITE 131)
K=0.15
IN-LB
[N.m]
FT-LB
20
20
35
35
50
60
80
90
115
130
160
180
280
315
455
500
645
745
965
1085
1365
1510
1785
2030
2370
2665
[N.m]
25
25
50
50
70
80
110
120
155
175
220
245
380
430
620
680
875
1015
1310
1475
1855
2055
2430
2760
3225
3625
NO. 5000059 REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH
CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-5. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 4 of 7)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
1-7
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
CLASS 8.8 METRIC BOLTS
CLASS 8 METRIC NUTS
Size
PITCH
Tensile
Stress
Area
Sq mm
Clamp
Load
Torque
(Dry or Loctite®
263TM)
Torque
(Lub)
KN
[N.m]
[N.m]
Torque
Torque
(Loctite®
(Loctite® 262TM 242TM or 271TM
OR VibraOR VibraTITETM 131)
TITETM 111 or
140)
[N.m]
[N.m]
3
0.5
5.03
2.19
1.3
1.0
1.2
1.4
3.5
0.6
6.78
2.95
2.1
1.6
1.9
2.3
4
0.7
8.78
3.82
3.1
2.3
2.8
3.4
5
0.8
14.20
6.18
6.2
4.6
5.6
6.8
6
1
20.10
8.74
11
7.9
9.4
12
7
1
28.90
12.6
18
13
16
19
8
1.25
36.60
15.9
26
19
23
28
10
1.5
58.00
25.2
50
38
45
55
12
1.75
84.30
36.7
88
66
79
97
14
16
2
2
115
157
50.0
68.3
140
105
126
154
219
164
197
241
18
2.5
192
83.5
301
226
271
331
20
2.5
245
106.5
426
320
383
469
22
2.5
303
132.0
581
436
523
639
24
3
353
153.5
737
553
663
811
27
3
459
199.5
1080
810
970
1130
30
3.5
561
244.0
1460
1100
1320
1530
33
3.5
694
302.0
1990
1490
1790
2090
36
4
817
355.5
2560
1920
2300
2690
42
4.5
1120
487.0
4090
3070
3680
4290
NO. 5000059 REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT
METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED
STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT
REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED,
ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-6. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 7))
1-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
CLASS 10.9 METRIC BOLTS
CLASS 10 METRIC NUTS
CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS M3 - M5*
Size
PITCH
Tensile
Stress
Area
Clamp
Load
Torque
(Dry or Loctite®
263TM)
K = 0.20
Sq mm
KN
[N.m]
Torque
(Lub OR Loctite®
242TM or 271TM OR
Vibra-TITE TM 111 or
140)
K= 0.18
Torque
(Loctite® 262TM OR
Vibra-TITE TM 131)
K=0.15
[N.m]
[N.m]
3
0.5
5.03
3.13
3.5
0.6
6.78
4.22
4
0.7
8.78
5.47
5
0.8
14.20
8.85
6
1
20.10
12.5
7
1
28.90
18.0
25.2
22.7
18.9
8
1.25
36.60
22.8
36.5
32.8
27.4
10
1.5
58.00
36.1
70
65
55
12
1.75
84.30
52.5
125
115
95
14
16
2
2
115
157
71.6
97.8
200
180
150
315
280
235
18
2.5
192
119.5
430
385
325
20
2.5
245
152.5
610
550
460
22
2.5
303
189.0
830
750
625
24
3
353
222.0
1065
960
800
27
3
459
286.0
1545
1390
1160
30
3.5
561
349.5
2095
1885
1575
33
3.5
694
432.5
2855
2570
2140
36
4
817
509.0
3665
3300
2750
42
4.5
1120
698.0
5865
5275
4395
NO. 5000059
REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT
METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED
STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT
REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED,
ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-7. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 6 of 7)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
1-9
SECTION 1 - MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
Magni Coating (Ref 4150701)*
CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS
M6 AND ABOVE*
Size
PITCH
Tensile
Stress
Area
Sq mm
Torque
Torque
(Lub OR Loctite®
Torque
(Loctite® 262TM
Clamp Load (Dry or Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
OR Vibra-TITE TM
See Note 4
263TM)
OR Vibra-TITE TM
131)
K = .17
111 or 140)
K = .15
K = .16
kN
[N.m]
[N.m]
[N.m]
11
3
0.5
5.03
3.5
0.6
6.78
4
0.7
8.78
5
0.8
14.20
6
1
20.10
12.5
13
12
7
1
28.90
18.0
21
20
19
8
1.25
36.60
22.8
31
29
27
10
1.5
58.00
36.1
61
58
54
12
1.75
84.30
52.5
105
100
95
14
16
2
2
115
157
71.6
170
160
150
97.8
265
250
235
18
2.5
192
119.5
365
345
325
20
2.5
245
152.5
520
490
460
22
2.5
303
189.0
705
665
625
24
3
353
220.0
900
845
790
27
3
459
286.0
1315
1235
1160
30
3.5
561
349.5
1780
1680
1575
33
3.5
694
432.5
2425
2285
2140
36
4
817
509.0
3115
2930
2750
42
4.5
1120
698.0
4985
4690
4395
NO. 5000059 REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT
METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED
STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT
REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED,
ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-8. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 7 of 7)
1-10
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
SECTION 2. GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION,
AND MAINTENANCE
General
This section provides the necessary information needed
by those personnel that are responsible to place the
machine in operation readiness and maintain its safe
operating condition. For maximum service life and safe
operation, ensure that all the necessary inspections and
maintenance have been completed before placing the
machine into service.
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance
It is important to establish and conform to a comprehensive inspection and preventive maintenance program. The
following table outlines the periodic machine inspections
and maintenance recommended by JLG Industries, Inc.
Consult your national, regional, or local regulations for further requirements for aerial work platforms. The frequency
of inspections and maintenance must be increased as
environment, severity and frequency of usage requires.
Pre-Start Inspection
It is the User’s or Operator’s primary responsibility to perform a Pre-Start Inspection of the machine prior to use
daily or at each change of operator. Reference the Operator’s and Safety Manual for completion procedures for the
Pre-Start Inspection. The Operator and Safety Manual
must be read in its entirety and understood prior to performing the Pre-Start Inspection.
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent
Inspection
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection shall
be performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic.
JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment
mechanic as a person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or
experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability and
proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the subject
JLG product model.
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection procedures are performed in the same manner, but at different times. The Pre-Delivery Inspection shall be performed
prior to each sale, lease, or rental delivery. The Frequent
Inspection shall be accomplished for each machine in service for 3 months; out of service for a period of more than
3 months; or when purchased used. The frequency of this
inspection must be increased as environment, severity
and frequency of usage requires.
3121222
Reference the JLG Pre-Delivery and Frequent Inspection
Form and the Inspection and Preventative Maintenance
Schedule for items requiring inspection during the performance of these inspections. Reference the appropriate
areas of this manual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
Annual Machine Inspection
The Annual Machine Inspection must be performed by a
qualified JLG equipment mechanic on an annual basis, no
later than thirteen (13) months from the date of the prior
Annual Machine Inspection. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment mechanic as a person
who has successfully completed the JLG Service Training
School for the subject JLG product model. Reference the
machine Service and Maintenance Manual and appropriate JLG inspection form for performance of this inspection.
Reference the JLG Annual Machine Inspection Form and
the Inspection and Preventative Maintenance Schedule for
items requiring inspection during the performance of this
inspection. Reference the appropriate areas of this manual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
For the purpose of receiving safety-related bulletins, it is
important that JLG Industries, Inc. has updated ownership
information for each machine. When performing each
Annual Machine Inspection, notify JLG Industries, Inc. of
the current machine ownership.
Preventative Maintenance
In conjunction with the specified inspections, maintenance shall be performed by a qualified JLG equipment
mechanic. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG
equipment mechanic as a person who, by possession of a
recognized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or experience, has successfully demonstrated the
ability and proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the
subject JLG product model.
Reference Table 2-2, Preventive Maintenance & Inspection
Schedule., and the appropriate areas of this manual for
servicing and maintenance procedures. The frequency of
service and maintenance must be increased as environment, severity and frequency of usage requires.
– JLG Lift –
2-1
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
Table 2-1. Maintenance and Inspection Requirements.
TYPE
FREQUENCY
PRIMARY
RESPONSIBILITY
SERVICE
QUALIFICATION
REFERENCE
Pre-Start
Inspection
Prior to use each day; or
At each Operator change.
User or Operator
User or Operator
Operator and Safety Manual
Pre-Delivery
Inspection
Prior to each sale, lease, or
rental delivery.
Owner, Dealer, or
User
Qualified JLG
Mechanic
Service and Maintenance Manual
and applicable JLG inspection form.
Frequent
Inspection
In service for 3 months; or Out of service
for a period of more than 3 months; or Purchased used.
Owner, Dealer, or
User
Qualified JLG
Mechanic
Service and Maintenance Manual
and applicable JLG inspection form.
Annual
Machine
Inspection
Annually, no later than 13 months from the
date of the prior inspection.
Owner, Dealer, or
User
Qualified JLG
Mechanic
(Recommended)
Service and Maintenance Manual
and applicable JLG inspection form.
Preventative
Maintenance
At intervals as specified in the Service and
Maintenance Manual.
Owner, Dealer, or
User
Qualified JLG
Mechanic
Service and Maintenance Manual
2.2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND
INSPECTION SCHEDULE
(See Table 2-2.)
The preventive maintenance and inspection checks are
listed and defined in the following table. This table is
divided into two basic parts, the “AREA” to be inspected
and the “INTERVAL” at which the inspection is to take
place. Under the “AREA” portion of the table, the various
systems along with the components that make up that
system are listed. The “INTERVAL” portion of the table is
divided into five columns representing the various inspection time periods. The numbers listed within the interval
column represent the applicable inspection code for
which that component is to be checked.
The checks and services listed in this schedule are not
intended to replace any local or regional regulations that
may pertain to this type of equipment nor should the lists
be considered as all inclusive. Variances in interval times
may occur due to climate and/or conditions and depending on the location and use of the machine.
2-2
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
Table 2-2. Preventive Maintenance & Inspection Schedule.
INTERVAL
AREA ON MACHINE
PRE-START (a)
INSPECTION
3 MONTH
PREVENTATIVE
MAINTENANCE
6 MONTH
PREVENTATIVE
MAINTENANCE
PRE-DELIVERY (b)
OR FREQUENT (c)
INSPECTION
ANNUAL (d)
(YEARLY)
INSPECTION
2, 5
2, 5
MAST ASSEMBLY
Mast Sections
Covers and Shields
1
Slide Pads
1, 2
PLATFORM ASSEMBLY
Platform
1
1
1, 2, 4
1, 2, 4
Gate
1, 5
1, 5
Floor
1, 2
1, 2
Lanyard Anchorage Point
1, 4
1, 4
1, 7
1, 7
1
1
2, 15
2, 15
—
—
Guard Rails
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
Covers Installation
Static Strap
Wheel and Tire Assemblies
1
Drive Motors
Drive Motor Brushes **
1, 7, 9
—
—
—
FUNCTIONS/CONTROLS
Platform Controls
5, 6, 7
5, 6, 7
Ground Controls
5, 6
5, 6, 14
5
5
Function Control Locks, Guards, or Detents
Function Enable System
5
Emergency Stop Switches (Ground & Platform)
5
Function Limit or Cutout Switch Systems
5
Brake Release
5
Manual Descent or Auxiliary Power
5
5
9
18
POWER SYSTEM
Batteries
19
Battery Charger
5
HYDRAULIC/ELECTRIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Lift/Steer Pump
1, 2, 9
Hydraulic Cylinders (mast and steering)
1, 2, 5, 9, 25
2, 7, 9
2, 9
Steer Cylinder Attachment Pins and Pin Retainers
1, 2
1, 2
Hydraulic Hoses, Lines, and Fittings
1, 9
1, 9
Hydraulic Reservoir, Cap, and Breather
5, 7
5, 7
11
11
20
20
Hydraulic Fluid ***
11
Electrical Connections
Instruments, Gauges, Switches, Lights, Horn
3121222
5
– JLG Lift –
2-3
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
Table 2-2. Preventive Maintenance & Inspection Schedule. (Continued)
INTERVAL
AREA ON MACHINE
PRE-START (a)
INSPECTION
3 MONTH
PREVENTATIVE
MAINTENANCE
6 MONTH
PREVENTATIVE
MAINTENANCE
PRE-DELIVERY (b)
OR FREQUENT (c)
INSPECTION
ANNUAL (d)
(YEARLY)
INSPECTION
GENERAL
Operation & Safety Manual in Storage Box
21
21
21
ANSI & EMI Handbooks in Storage Box
21
21
21
Capacity Decals Installed, Secure, Legible
21
21
21
All Decals/Placards Installed, Secure, Legible
21
21
21
"Walk-Around" Inspection Performed
22
Annual Machine Inspection Due
21
No Unauthorized Modifications or Additions
21
21
All Relevant Safety Publications Incorporated
21
21, 22
General Structural Condition and Welds
2, 4
All Fasteners, Pins, Shields, and Covers
Grease and Lubricate to Specifications
Function Test of All Systems
2, 4
1, 2
22
22
22
22
Paint and Appearance
7
Notify JLG of change in Machine Ownership
7
22
*
Change only when serviced, Fill half full.
** Replace when system brush wear indicator warning is activated.
*** Every two years, drain and remove hydraulic oil reservoir , clean pick-up screen, refill with fresh hydraulic fluid.
Maintenance and Inspection Table Codes:
18. Proper and authorized components.
19. Fully charged.
1. Check for proper and secure installation.
2. Visual inspection for damage, cracks, distortion, or
excessive wear.
20. No loose connections, corrosion, or abrasions.
21. Verify.
3. Check for proper adjustment.
22. Perform.
4. Check for cracked or broken welds.
23. Sealed properly.
5. Operates properly.
24. Overrides Platform controls.
6. Returns to neutral or "off" position when released.
25. Remove pump motor cover and blow away any
brush wear dust from cover, brushes, and brush
holder assembly.
7. Clean and free of debris.
8. Interlocks function properly.
9. Check for signs of leakage.
Footnotes:
10. Decals installed and legible.
(a) Prior to use each day; or at each Operator change
11. Check for proper fluid level.
(b) Prior to each sale, lease, or delivery
12. Check for chafing and proper routing.
13. Check for proper tolerances.
14. Properly lubricated.
15. Torqued to proper specification.
(c) In service for 3 months; or Out of service for 3 months
or more; or Purchased used
(d) Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of the
prior inspection
16. No gouges, excessive wear, or cords showing.
17. Properly inflated and seated around rim.
2-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
2.3 SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE
GUIDELINES
Cleanliness
General
The following information is provided to assist you in the
use and application of servicing and maintenance procedures contained in this chapter.
Safety and Workmanship
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always
be conscious of component weight. Never attempt to
move heavy parts without the aid of a mechanical device.
Do not allow heavy objects to rest in an unstable position.
When raising a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support is provided.
NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED PLATFORM UNTIL PLATFORM HAS BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY MOVEMENT
BY BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING.
The most important single item in preserving the long service life of a machine is to keep dirt and foreign materials
out of the vital components. Precautions have been taken
to safeguard against this. Shields, covers, seals, and filters are provided to keep the wheel bearings, mast sections and oil supply clean; however, these items must be
maintained on a scheduled basis in order to function
properly.
At any time when oil lines are disconnected, clear adjacent areas as well as the openings and fittings themselves. As soon as a line or component is disconnected,
cap or cover all openings to prevent entry of foreign matter.
Clean and inspect all parts during servicing or maintenance, and assure that all passages and openings are
unobstructed. Cover all parts to keep them clean. Be sure
all parts are clean before they are installed. New parts
should remain in their containers until they are ready to be
used.
Components Removal and Installation
Use adjustable lifting devices, whenever possible, if
mechanical assistance is required. All slings (chains,
cables, etc.) should be parallel to each other and as near
perpendicular as possible to top of part being lifted.
Should it be necessary to remove a component on an
angle, keep in mind that the capacity of an eyebolt or similar bracket lessens, as the angle between the supporting
structure and the component becomes less than 90
degrees.
If a part resists removal, check to see whether all nuts,
bolts, cables, brackets, wiring, etc., have been removed
and that no adjacent parts are interfering.
Component Disassembly and Reassembly
When disassembling or reassembling a component, complete the procedural steps in sequence. Do not partially
disassemble or assemble one part, then start on another.
Always recheck your work to assure that nothing has been
overlooked. Do not make any adjustments, other than
those recommended, without obtaining proper approval.
Pressure-Fit Parts
Figure 2-1. Platform Mast Support Tool.
1. Elevate platform/outer mast (1) approximately 3 ft. (1m).
2. Place (JLG P/N-1001094004) mast support tool (2) between
the mast and the front frame by hooking the bracket (3) over
the front frame plate at bottom as shown above.
3. Lower the platform until the bottom edge of the platform/outer
mast section (1) is resting on the hook bracket (4) at the top
of the mast support tool.
3121222
When assembling pressure-fit parts, use an “anti-seize” or
molybdenum disulfide base compound to lubricate the
mating surface.
– JLG Lift –
2-5
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
Bearings
Lubrication and Servicing
When a bearing is removed, cover it to keep out dirt and
abrasives. Clean bearings in nonflammable cleaning solvent and allow to drip dry. Compressed air can be used
but do not spin the bearing.
Discard bearings if the races and balls (or rollers) are pitted, scored, or burned.
If bearing is found to be serviceable, apply a light coat of
oil and wrap it in clean (waxed) paper. Do not unwrap
reusable or new bearings until they are ready to install.
Lubricate new or used serviceable bearings before installation. When pressing a bearing into a retainer or bore,
apply pressure to the outer race. If the bearing is to be
installed on a shaft, apply pressure to the inner race.
Components and assemblies requiring lubrication and
servicing are shown in Section 1.2, LUBRICATION. Service applicable components with the amount, type, and
grade of lubricant recommended in this manual, at the
specified intervals. When recommended lubricants are not
available, consult your local supplier for an equivalent that
meets or exceeds the specifications listed.
Batteries
Clean batteries, using a non-metallic brush and a solution
of baking soda and water. Rinse with clean water. After
cleaning, thoroughly dry batteries and coat terminals with
an anti-corrosion compound.
2.4 LUBRICATION INFORMATION
Gaskets
Check that holes in gaskets align with openings in the
mating parts. If it becomes necessary to hand-fabricate a
gasket, use gasket material or stock of equivalent material
and thickness. Be sure to cut holes in the right location, as
blank gaskets can cause serious system damage.
Bolt Usage and Torque Application
Use bolts of proper length. A bolt which is too long will
bottom before the head is tight against its related part. If a
bolt is too short, there will not be enough thread area to
engage and hold the part properly. When replacing bolts,
use only those having the same specifications of the original, or one which is equivalent.
Unless specific torque requirements are given within the
text, standard torque values should be used on heattreated bolts, studs, and steel nuts, in accordance with
recommended shop practices or the Torque Chart Figures
in Section 1 of this Service Manual.
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring
Clearly mark or tag hydraulic lines and electrical wiring, as
well as their receptacles, when disconnecting or removing
them from the unit. This will assure that they are correctly
reinstalled.
Hydraulic System
Keep the system clean. If evidence of metal or rubber particles is found in the hydraulic system, drain and flush the
entire system.
Hydraulic System
The primary enemy of a hydraulic system is contamination. Contaminants enter the system by various means,
e.g., using inadequate hydraulic oil, allowing moisture,
grease, filings, sealing components, sand, etc., to enter
when performing maintenance, or by permitting the pump
to cavitate due to insufficient system warm-up or leaks in
the pump supply.
The design and manufacturing tolerances of the component working parts are very close, therefore, even the
smallest amount of dirt or foreign matter entering a system
can cause wear or damage to the components and generally results in faulty operation. Every precaution must be
taken to keep hydraulic oil clean, including reserve oil in
storage.
Cloudy oils indicate a high moisture content which permits organic growth, resulting in oxidation or corrosion. If
this condition occurs, the system must be drained,
flushed, and refilled with clean oil.
It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or types,
as they may not contain the same required additives or be
of comparable viscosities. Good grade mineral oils, with
viscosities suited to the ambient temperatures in which
the machine is operating, are recommended for use.
NOTE: Metal particles may appear in the oil of new
machines due to the wear-in of meshing components.
Disassemble and reassemble parts on clean work surface. Clean all metal parts with non-flammable cleaning
solvent. Lubricate components, as required, to aid assembly.
2-6
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
Lubrication Specifications
Changing Hydraulic Oil
Specified lubricants, as recommended by the component
manufacturers, are always the best choice, however,
multi-purpose greases usually have the qualities which
meet a variety of single purpose grease requirements.
Should any question arise regarding the use of greases in
maintenance stock, consult your local supplier for evaluation. Refer to Section 1.2, LUBRICATION of this Service
Manual for an explanation of the lubricant key designations appearing in the Lubrication Chart.
Hydraulic Oil
For best performance, JLG recommends the use of ISOVg grade 15 oil with a viscosity range between 15-250
SUS at 100 degrees F (32-54 cST at 40 degrees C). Refer
to Section 1.2, LUBRICATION of this Service Manual for
recommended hydraulic oils.
3121222
Use of any of the recommended hydraulic oils eliminates
the need for changing the oil on a regular basis. If it is necessary to change the oil, use only those oils meeting or
exceeding the specifications appearing in this manual. If
unable to obtain the same type of oil supplied with the
machine, consult local supplier for assistance in selecting
the proper equivalent. Avoid mixing petroleum and synthetic base oils. JLG Industries recommends changing the
hydraulic oil annually.
Use every precaution to keep the hydraulic oil clean. If the
oil must be poured from the original container into
another, be sure to clean all possible contaminants from
the service container.
While the unit is shut down, a good preventive maintenance measure is to make a thorough inspection of all
hydraulic components, lines, fittings, etc., as well as a
functional check of each system, before placing the
machine back in service.
– JLG Lift –
2-7
SECTION 2 - GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION
NOTES:
2-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
SECTION 3. THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
3.1 OVERVIEW
Platform mode
The GROUND MODULE is the master system controller.
Most functions are dispatched and coordinated from this
module, all other system modules handle sub-tasks. All
characterized information (values) are stored into the
ground module (i.e., Personalities, Machine Setups or
Calibrations). If the ground module is reprogrammed, this
information is lost. The technician should record Personalities and Machine Setups before programming so they
can be restored afterwards. Otherwise, default values can
be used as a starting point to restore previous configuration.
The PLATFORM MODULE reads switch and joystick positions and relays that information to the GROUND MODULE. It uses information from the CAN bus for operator
display. It also reports faults pertaining to devices in the
Platform Control Station. In ground mode, the platform
control station may be removed from the vehicle without
affecting operation.
The POWER MODULE controls the main contactor, drive
motors and hydraulic pump motor via commands from
the CAN bus. It also measures current applied to these
loads and input voltage for fault protection and reporting.
For safe operation of the vehicle, the control system will
not allow certain functions under certain conditions. These
are called interlocks. Specific interlocks are discussed
below. The interlocks discussed assume that all control
system devices are functioning properly unless indicated.
Fault conditions will generate DTC’s and additional interlocks. Some faults only show up at power-up when the
control system performs a self-test. All controls should be
left alone during this test.
Note that the market and model of the machine affects
what personalities and setups are visible by the Analyzer.
The appropriate information is displayed for the given
model and market. The market and model must be set
properly for safe and lawful operation of the machine.
3.2 MODES OF OPERATION
Ground Mode
In Ground Mode, all visual indicators (LED) in the Platform
are off. In fact, the Platform Control Box may be entirely
disconnected as a normal measure (to secure the vehicle), and this does not prevent Ground Mode operation.
When the machine is powered up in ground mode, only
the functions in the Ground control station are operational,
namely Lift Up and Down. Lift Up and Down is controlled
by a two-position, momentary toggle switch with a center
off position. The switch has the same effect as placing the
joystick in the full up or full down position.
3121222
In platform mode the Platform Control Box is enabled. It is
the primary control station for the vehicle. At power-up
indicators applicable to the vehicle configuration illuminate for a lamp check: Battery Discharge Indicator, System Distress Indicator and Tilt Indicator.
3.3 CAN COMMUNICATIONS
CAN (Controller Area Network) is the type of two-wire differential serial communication link used between the platform board, ground board, and the power module for
control of the vehicle. This type of network has matured
since its invention in 1986 and is used extensively in many
kinds of machines.
Two-Wire Differential: The signal meaning is derived from
the difference in voltage between two wires, usually
twisted together in a common "jacket". This jacket can
also contain a shield surrounding the wires inside for
noise protection. Any noise that does penetrate the shield
will affect both wires the same. However, the difference in
voltage stays the same, therefore signal meaning is not
corrupted. This differs from one-wire signals in that onewire signals derive the signal meaning from the difference
between the signal wire and system ground wire. The system ground is the ground for many signals, as well as
power. Any noise on either wire will change the signal and
may corrupt it.
Serial Communication Link: Modules on the link send
messages digitally, bit by bit along the wires where different voltage levels represent a "1" or a "0". The 1’s and 0’s
are assembled by the receiver according to the protocol
used to determine the messages meaning. Using serial
communication allows two wires to replace many more. It
also allows use of sensor and switch information in multiple places without duplicating those sensors and
switches.
CAN: On a bus, all modules on the bus are connected to
the same wires. A CAN bus could be represented on a
schematic by a long pair of straight lines with multiple
modules connected to them by short pairs of lines. It has
a termination resistor at both ends of the long lines placed
between the two wires, These resistors are approximately
120 Ohms. On a JLG aerial work platform, this is typically
in the platform and in the chassis. These resistors may be
in the harness or in the module. A complete CAN circuit
measures approximately 60 Ohms between the two wires
and these wires are open to the shield.
Each module on the CAN bus broadcasts its messages
according to a priority assigned to the message. All the
other modules will receive the message and determine if it
is important to them. Typical message traffic is 300 - 500
messages per second. The high bus speed allow all modules to be constantly updated around 20 times per second. A CAN network also has error detection and handling
for robust communications.
– JLG Lift –
3-1
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
Platform Control Station
X050
1
E STOP
X048
B
2
X047
C
4
3
D
A
G
F
Ignition
Ground
CAN High
X046
E
120
3
4
7
6
5
3
4
7
6
5
X108
X105
X106
J1
1
Ignition
2
Ground
9
10
3
4
7
6
5
3
4
7
6
5
X108
2
3
4
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
FOOTSWITCH
ACCY
MODULE
(OPTIONAL)
X107
J2
1
PLATFORM BOARD
CAN Low
CAN High
CAN Low
X104
X017
OPTIONAL
POWER MODULE
BVbatt (-)
X027
X017
120
1
Ignition
11
CAN Low
10
CAN High
Ground Box
X001
Ground board
E STOP
J1
X002
33
CAN Shield
32
CAN Low
31
CAN High
19
Ignition
11
CAN High
12
CAN Low
13
Shield
6
Ground
7
Ignition
5
PLT EMS
8
PLT EMS Source
B+
39
40
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
X035
X036
J2
B+
1
X034
X033
KEY SW.
X040
PLT EMS Source
3
Ground Mode Select
4
X038
X039
PLATFORM
GROUND
B-
Vbatt (+)
24 V
Vbatt (-)
Battery +
Battery CAN HI
CAN LO
Figure 3-1. Basic Electronic Module Connections
3-2
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
3.4 CONTROLS & SENSORS
other markets, the vehicle is considered Tilted if the vehicle tilt angle front to back is greater than or equal to 3.0
or tilt left to right is greater than or equal to 1.5.
Elevation
The elevation sensor is an inductive proximity switch. It
must be powered to operate. There is a 1.3k Ohm resistor
where it connects to the ground module to produce the
proper signal for the ground module. (See electrical schematic in Section 9 for details.) If Ferrous material is
present, i.e. the mast is fully retracted, it will close. The
sensor is calibrated mechanically.
The control system uses a combination of the elevation
proximity switch and pothole protection switches to determine if the platform is elevated. If these sensors do not
agree a fault is thrown.
Joystick
The joystick is used to "command" both lift and drive. The
Lift/Drive switch selects which one is applicable. This
command may be modified by the control system based
on interlocks and personalities.
On the joystick there are three switches and the control
handle. The joystick control handle sensor is not a simple
potentiometer. There is a position sensing element, and
signal conditioning circuitry in it to generate the position
signal. It is powered by 5VDC supplied from the platform
controller. When centered it will output approximately
2.5VDC. Fully forward, it will output approximately 1 VDC.
Fully backward, it will output approximately 4 VDC. On the
handle is the trigger switch that must be depressed in
order to operate the vehicle. This prevents unintentional
movement. To pass start-up tests the three switches must
be open and the joystick must be centered.
Joystick personalities to define the centered position
(where command is 0%), minimum and maximum forward, as well as minimum and maximum reverse can be
accessed. Joystick system Personality settings can be
changed via ANALYZER -> PERSONALITIES -> ACCELERATOR as follows:
3.5 TRACTION
The traction, or drive system, moves the vehicle along the
ground by electric motors. The Armatures (rotating windings) of the separately-excited drive motors are wired in
parallel to the Power Module's M1 and M2 terminals. The
M1 Terminal is always at the same voltage as the +B (Battery Voltage when the Line Contactor is closed) and
allows the module to measure current with the internal
shunt (extremely low impedance). The M2 Terminal is
pulled to Ground by the Armature Switch MOSFET's (connected to -B Terminal).
To provide variable speed control, the Armature MOSFET
transistors switch On and Off at high frequencies (PWM/
pulse-width modulation; 16kHz). The Duty Cycle (On & Off
time) is varied to control the voltage applied to the Armatures. When the MOSFET's spend 50% of the period On
and 50% Off, approximately ½ of the available power will
be applied to the Armatures (50% Duty Cycle). Similarly,
the MOSFET are On continuously (100% Duty Cycle) to
apply all available Battery power to the Armatures (as in
Driving at Full Speed).
Instead of permanent magnets, the separately-excited
drive motors use electro-magnets (called Field Windings)
located in the stator (non-rotating) portion of the motor.
Field windings are preferable to permanent magnets
because the Power Module can adjust the stator's magnetism for optimum motor performance. When climbing a
grade at low speeds, the Power Module may apply as
much as 40A to the field windings for more electro-motive
force. On level terrain, the Power Module will apply as little
as 14A to the fields for higher rotational speeds and better
electrical efficiency.
Line Contactor
• FWD MIN - The forward extent of the centered position.
Values between this and REV MIN are where 0% is
commanded.
Right Field Winding
Shunt
+B
• REV MIN - The reverse extent of the centered position.
Values between this and FWD MIN are where 0% is
commanded.
M1
Left
Armature
• FWD MAX - Joystick voltage where 100% will be commanded.
Right
Armature
F1
Field
Switches
M2
Left Field Winding
24V
F2
Armature
Switch
Tilt
3121222
2
3
• REV MAX - Joystick signal voltage where -100% will be
commanded.
The control system monitors the tilt sensor to determine if
the vehicle is tilted excessively. This condition is called
"Tilted". In the CE, Australia and Japan markets, if the vehicle tilt angle in any direction is greater than or equal to
3.5°, the control system considers the machine tilted. In
1
4
–B
Power Module
Figure 3-2. Drive Motors Schematic - 1600346 (SEVCON) Power Module
– JLG Lift –
3-3
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
24V
Line Contactor
+
+
+
Left
Armature
+
Right
Armature
BF1
BF2
T
+B
+
+
Right Field Winding
B
F2
F1
Armature
MOSFET
Field
MOSFETS
Shunt
Left Field Winding
Power Module
Figure 3-3. Drive Motors Schematic - 1001092456 (ZAPI) Power Module
The Field Windings also provide direction reversal for traction. When driving forward, MOSFET switches 1 and 4
turn On to apply positive potential to F2 and ground
potential to F1. In reverse, MOSFET switches 2 and 3 turn
On to apply positive potential to F1 and ground potential
to F2. Theses switches are pulse-width modulated by the
Power Module to maintain a fixed relationship between
Field and Armature Current.
Two electrically-released parking brakes are mounted to
the rear of the drive motors. The Ground Module energizes the two 24V electro-magnets when appropriate to
allow vehicle motion. The parking brakes can be released
electrically for emergency vehicle towing.
Personalities
Traction system Personality settings can be changed via
ANALYZER -> PERSONALITIES -> DRIVE:
• ACCEL - Time to ramp from 0% to 100% of command
• DECEL - Time to ramp from 0% to 100% of command
Interlocks
As the machine travels down an incline the drive power
output will be reduced proportionally to avoid overspeeding the vehicle. A bad tilt sensor will force the control system to assume maximum incline and reduce drive power
accordingly.
Creep mode (reduced drive speed) will be active if the
control system determines the platform is elevated. Drive
may be prevented by a different interlock, however.
Drive will be prevented if any of the following occur:
• Vehicle is tilted, elevated and ANALYZER -> MACHINE
SETUP -> TILT CUTOUT is set to YES.
• Batteries are being charged (0V is applied to ground
board J1-29)
• Vehicle is elevated above the calibrated Drive Cutout
height and ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> DRIVE
CUTOUT is set to YES.
• MINIMUM - Minimum drive speed (Creep)
• MAXIMUM - Maximum drive speed when platform is
stowed
• ELEV. MAX - Maximum drive speed when platform is
elevated
3-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
3.6 PUMP/LIFT/MAST
An electrically driven hydraulic pump provides hydraulic
pressure to actuate the steering and lift up. Lift down is
"powered" by gravity. The lift actuator is a three stage
hydraulic cylinder. The cylinder pistons are not sealed so
fluid can flow from one cylinder to the next. The area of the
piston that fluid touches on both sides does not provide
lift because the forces on both sides cancel each other.
The area of the piston with the rod behind it provides the
lifting force necessary because no pressure is there to
cancel the force applied by the pressure on the other side.
PLATFORM
To lift the platform, the solenoid energizes and opens the
lift up valve. The pump speed is set proportional to joystick position. Fluid flows into the first cylinder, through the
hollow rod. This extends the barrel of the first cylinder. The
rod to the second cylinder is attached to the barrel of the
first cylinder. Fluid is passed by a port in the first cylinder
to the hollow rod of the second cylinder. That extends the
second cylinder. The barrel of the second cylinder is
attached to the barrel of the third cylinder. A port in the
barrel of the second cylinder passes fluid to the third cylinder. This extends the third cylinder, and lifts the platform.
To bring down the platform, the lift down valve opens, proportional to joystick position, and allows fluid out of the
cylinder, allowing it to retract by gravity.
ATTACHMENT
CHASSIS
Figure 3-4. LIFT SYSTEM
The Power Module is essentially a "low-side" switch for the
pump motor. The positive terminal of the pump is tied to
Battery Positive after the Line Contactor. The negative terminal of the pump connects to the P Terminal of the Power
Module, which switches current through MOSFET transistors to the Battery Negative.
For variable speed pump operation, the MOSFET transistors switch On and Off at high frequencies (16kHz). The
Duty Cycle is varied to control the voltage applied to the
pump motor. When the MOSFET's spend 50% of the
period On and 50% Off, approximately ½ of the available
Battery power will be applied to the pump motor. Similarly,
the MOSFET are On continuously (100% Duty Cycle) to
3121222
– JLG Lift –
3-5
SECTION 3 - THEORY OF OPERATION - 1230ES
apply all available Battery power to the pump motor (as in
Lift Up at full speed).
Line Contactor
+B
Series DC
Pump Motor
3.7 STEER
Steering is actuated by a double action hydraulic cylinder.
To change steering angle of the drive wheels, the steer left
or steer right solenoid is energized and the pump is energized. Pressure is applied to one side of the piston and
drained from the other. The pump speed, and thereby the
rate of steering angle change, is adjusted based on drive
speed. This adjustment is modified by steer personality
settings.
24V
P
–B
Power Module
Figure 3-5. Hydraulic Pump Electrical Schematic 1600423 (SEVCON) Power Module
When the Control System is energized, the voltage at the
P Terminal will be approximately +24V (referenced to -B)
when the pump is static. The P Terminal will be approximately at +1V (referenced to -B) when the pump is running at full speed (Lift Up from Ground Mode).
Personalities
Lift system Personality settings can be changed via ANALYZER -> PERSONALITIES -> LIFT:
• ACCEL - Time to ramp from 0% to 100% command
• DECEL - Time to ramp from 100% to 0% command
Figure 3-6. STEER SYSTEM
• UP MIN - Minimum pump speed up (Creep)
• UP MAX - Maximum pump speed up
Personalities
• DN MIN - Minimum pump speed down (Creep)
Steer system Personality settings can be changed via
ANALYZER -> PERSONALITIES -> STEER:
• DN MAX - Maximum pump speed down
• STATIC - Pump commanded % power when drive command is 0%
Interlocks
Lift up will be prevented under the following circumstances.
• Vehicle is tilted, elevated and ANALYZER -> MACHINE
SETUP -> TILT CUTOUT is set to YES.
• Charging of the vehicle’s battery is in progress and
ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> CHARGER INTERLOC is set to DRV & LIFT UP.
3-6
• DRIVE - Pump commanded % power when drive command is 100%
Interlocks
Steering is prevented whenever conditions are present to
prevent drive. See Interlocks on Pg. 4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
SECTION 4. BASE COMPONENTS
4.1 BASE ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
Figure 4-1. Base Assembly Components.
1. Hydraulic Pump/Tank/Valve Assy.
2. Steering Linkage Assembly
3. Drive Motor/Spindle Assemblies
4. Pot Hole Protection Assembly
5. Static Strap
6. Steer Cylinder Assembly
7. Left Side (Battery Tray) Door
8. Right Side (Battery Tray) Door
9. Rear Wheel Assembly
NOTE: Base assembly shown without base top weldment for illustrative purposes only.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-1
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.2 BASE FRAME COVERS
Battery Tray/Side Door - Installation
Base Top Cover - Installation
NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED PLATFORM UNTIL THE
PLATFORM HAS BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY MOVEMENT BY BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING.
Battery Tray/Side Door - Installation
(Same for both sides)
Base Top Cover Installation
1. Base Top Cover
2. (4) Attach Screws/Washers
Step Plate/Battery Charger Cover - Installation
1. Battery Tray/Door
2. Cutout in Base Frame
3. Washer(s)
NOTE:
4. Base Frame Hinge
5. Door Latch Pin
Before assembly lubricate (coat) the door hinge pins with
Loctite Moly Paste Lubricant (JLG Part No. - 3020039).
Lift door (1) into cutout in base frame (2), align the upper
and lower hinge pins on the door with the holes in the
upper and lower base frame hinge (4) and lower door
until set.
If door needs any adjustment up or down to align with the
latch pin slot (5), remove the door and add or remove
washers (3) at the upper hinge pin.
Step Plate/Battery Charger Cover Installation
1. Step Plate Cover
4-2
2. Attach Screws/Washers/Nuts
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.3 WHEELS AND TIRES - DRIVE AND REAR
1. Start all lug nuts by hand to prevent cross threading.
DO NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
Tire Wear and Damage
2. Tighten lug nuts in the following sequence.
Inspect tires periodically for wear or damage. Tires with
worn edges or distorted profiles require replacement.
Tires with significant damage in the tread area or side wall,
require immediate evaluation before replacing the
machine into service.
Wheel and Tire Replacement
Replacement wheels must have the same diameter and
profile as the original. Replacement tires must be the
same size and rating as the tire being replaced.
Wheel Installation
It is extremely important to apply and maintain proper
wheel mounting torque.
WHEEL LUG NUTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AT
THE PROPER TORQUE TO PREVENT LOOSE WHEELS, BROKEN
LUG NUTS, AND POSSIBLE SEPARATION OF WHEEL FROM THE
AXLE. BE SURE TO USE ONLY THE LUG NUTS MATCHED TO THE
CONE ANGLE OF THE WHEEL.
Tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque to prevent
wheels from coming loose. Use a torque wrench to tighten
the fasteners. If you do not have a torque wrench, tighten
the fasteners with a lug wrench, then immediately have a
service garage or dealer tighten the lug nuts to the proper
torque. Over-tightening will result in breaking the lug nuts
or permanently deforming the mounting holes in the
wheels. The proper procedure for attaching wheels is as
follows:
3121222
– JLG Lift –
Figure 4-2. Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
3. The tightening of the lug nuts should be done in
stages. Following the recommended sequence,
tighten lug nuts per wheel torque.
Table 4-1. Wheel Torque Chart
TORQUE SEQUENCE
1st Stage
2nd Stage
3rd Stage
20-30 ft lbs
(28 - 42 Nm)
65-80 ft lbs
(91 - 112 Nm)
105 -120 ft lbs
(142 - 163 Nm)
4. Wheel lug nuts should be torqued after the first 50
hours of operation and after each wheel removal.
Check torque every 3 months or 150 hours of operation.
4-3
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.4 REAR WHEEL HUB - INSTALLATION
Rear Wheel Hub Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hub Cap
Cotter Pin
Spindle Nut
Washer
Outer Tapered Roller Bearing (a)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Outer Bearing Race (a)
Wheel Mounting Hub (a)
Inner Bearing Race (a)
Inner Tapered Roller Bearing (a)
Hub Seal
NOTE: (a) Bearing race (6, 8) are press fitted to wheel mounting hub (7) and are only available for service as a complete hub assembly.
Also before installing or re-installing the inner and outer taper roller bearings, be certain they are lubricated (packed) with multipurpose grease.
Later design incorporated wheels lugs into hub, tighten wheel lug nuts same as lug bolts, per step 6 below.
NOTE:
Before assembly check that inner and outer taper roller bearings are lubricated (packed) with mutli-purpose grease.
5. Before installing the hub cap, check wheel hub for
excessive end play.
1. Tighten spindle nut to 30-40 ft. lbs. (40-54 nm) to
properly seat bearings.
a. Rotate hub by hand, hub should rotate freely, if
too tight, back the nut off to the next cotter pin
hole.
2. Loosen spindle nut completely until it can be turned
by hand.
b. Hub should not be noticeably loose when
moved parallel with spindle center-line.
3. Then finger tighten spindle nut by hand without
rotating the wheel mounting hub.
6. Install wheel, torque wheel per specification in Section 4.3 on page 4-3.
4. Install cotter pin, if necessary nut may be backed off
to nearest slot, if more than 1/2 the cotter pin hole is
visible, the nut may be tightened slightly to get the
cotter pin installed.
4-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.5 STEERING LINKAGE ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION
4
3
1
2
8
12
11
7
5
10
6
9
Steering Linkage Assembly - Installation
(Shown with top of base frame weldment removed for illustrative purposes only)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
NOTE:
3121222
Left Steering Knuckle Lug
Left Steering Arm Link
Right Steering Arm Link
Right Steering Knuckle Lug
Steering Cross Link
Hydraulic Steer Cylinder
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Steer Cylinder Anchor Pin
Cross Link Anchor Pin
Steer Cylinder - Steer Right Port
Steer Cylinder - Steer Left Port
King Pin
Steering Knuckle Stop
All pinned journals must have the proper bushings installed.
On final assembly apply Loctite #242 to screw threads of the steer cylinder anchor pin keeper screw.
On final assembly, apply Loctite #271 to the spindle to knuckle lug attach screws and torque to 70 ft. lbs (97 N,m)
– JLG Lift –
4-5
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.6 STEER CYLINDER - SERVICING
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
11
12
13
Steer Cylinder Components
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
NOTE:
Rod End Bushing
Cylinder Head (Gland) (a)
O’Ring Seal
Backing Ring
O’Ring Seal
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Cylinder Rod
Piston (b)
Piston Seal
Bushing
Piston Set Screw
11. Main Gland Seal
12. Wiper Seal
13. O’Ring Seal
(a) On final assembly torque cylinder head (Gland) to 500Nm (112 ft. lb.)
(b) Apply Loctite #242 to threads before final assembly and torque to 260Nm (55 ft. lb.)
Refer to Section 3.7, STEER - Theory of Operation for more detailed information on Steer Cylinder System.
4-6
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Steer Cylinder Disassembly
DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON
A CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
PROTECT THE CYLINDER ROD SURFACE. DAMAGE TO THE CYLINDER ROD CHROME FINISH DUE TO SCRATCHING, INDENDATION, CHIPPING OR OTHERWISE WILL CAUSE EVENTUAL
GLAND SEAL FAILURE. THE CYLINDER ROD MUST BE
REPLACED IF DAMAGED.
Piston - Removal
1. Piston (Kban) Seal
2. Piston Set Screw
3. Piston
4. Spanner Wrench
1. Remove the piston (kban) seal from the piston.
2. Loosen and remove the piston set screw from the
hole in the side of the piston.
3. Using the proper spanner wrench, remove the piston from the cylinder rod.
4. Slide the cylinder head (gland) off the piston end of
the cylinder rod.
Cylinder Head (Gland) - Removal
1. Cylinder Head (Gland)
2. Spanner Wrench
(48mm - 1.89" Dia. - 5mm
Pin Dia.)
5. Remove all the seals, o’rings, and backing ring from
the cylinder head (gland).
6. If replacing, remove the bushings from the end of
the cylinder rod and the cylinder barrel.
1. Using the proper size spanner wrench (48mm - 1.89"
Dia., 5mm Pin Dia.), remove the cylinder head
(gland) turning the head counterclockwise until it is
free of the cylinder barrel.
2. Carefully slide the complete cylinder rod, cylinder
head (gland), piston assembly out of the cylinder
barrel.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-7
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Steer Cylinder - Assembly
Hydraulic Cylinder Component Inspection
Cylinder Rod
There should be no scratches or pits deep enough to
catch the fingernail. Pits that go to the base metal are
unacceptable. Scratches that catch the fingernail but are
not to the base metal, less than 0.5 inch long and primarily
in the circumferential direction are acceptable provided
they cannot cut the rod seal. Chrome should be present
over the entire surface of the rod and the lack thereof is
unacceptable. In the event that an unacceptable condition
occurs, the rod should be repaired or replaced.
NOTE: Prior to cylinder assembly, ensure the proper JLG
seal kits are used, see the JLG Parts Manual.
APPLY A LIGHT FILM OF THE HYDRAULIC OIL TO BE USED FOR
OPERATION TO ALL CO MPONENTS TO BE ASSEM BLED,
EXCEPT THE THREADED AREAS WHERE LOCTITE IS TO BE
APPLIED.
Cylinder Head (Gland)
Visually inspect the inside bore for scratches or polishing.
Deep scratches are unacceptable. Polishing indicates
uneven loading and when this occurs, the bore should be
checked for out-of-roundness. If out-of-roundness exceed
0.007", this is unacceptable. Check the condition of the
dynamic seals (wiper, rod seals) looking particularly for
metallic particles embedded in the seal surface. It is normal to cut the static seal on the retaining ring groove upon
disassembly. Remove the rod seal, static o-ring and
backup and rod wiper. Damage to the seal grooves, particularly on the sealing surfaces, is unacceptable. In the
event that an unacceptable condition occurs, the head
should be replaced.
Piston
Visually inspect the outside surface for scratches or polishing. Deep scratches are unacceptable. Polishing indicates uneven loading and when this occurs, the diameter
should be checked for out-of-roundness. If out-of-roundness exceeds 0.007", this is unacceptable. Check the condition of the dynamic seals and bearings looking
particularly for metallic particles embedded in the bearing
and in the piston seal surface. Remove the seals and
bearings. Damage to the seal grooves, particularly on the
sealing surfaces, is unacceptable. In the event that an
unacceptable condition occurs, the piston should be
replaced.
Piston Installation
1. Threaded End of Rod (a)
2. Piston (b)
3. Cylinder Head (Gland)
NOTE:
Tube Assembly
Visually inspect the inside bore for scratches and pits.
There should be no scratches or pits deep enough to
catch the fingernail. Scratches that catch the fingernail but
are less than 0.5 inch long and primarily in the circumferential direction are acceptable provided they cannot cut
the piston seal. The roughness of the bore should be
between 10 and 20 μ inches RMS. Significant variation
(greater than 8 μ inches difference) are unacceptable. In
the event that an unacceptable condition occurs, the tube
assembly should be repaired or replaced.
4. Piston Set Screw (c)
5. Piston (Kban) Seal
(a) Apply Loctite #242 on final assembly
(b) Torque piston to 260Nm (55 ft. lb.)
(c) Apply Loctite #222 and torque to 20Nm (5 ft. lb.)
1. Load the seals, o’rings, and backing ring onto the
cylinder head (gland).
2. Lubricate the cylinder rod surface with clean hydraulic oil, then slide the cylinder head (gland) assembly
onto the rod.
3. Check that the threads on the cylinder rod and
inside the piston are clean and free of any hydraulic
oil.
4. Apply Loctite #242 to the threads of the cylinder rod
and thread the piston onto the end of the cylinder
rod, tighten piston with the proper spanner wrench
and torque the piston to 260Nm (55 ft. lb.).
4-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
5. Apply Loctite #222 to the threads of the piston set
screw, thread the screw into the hole in the side of
the piston and tighten to 20Nm (5 ft. lb.).
7. Lubricate the o’ring seals on the cylinder head.
Check that the threads on the cylinder head and
inside the cylinder barrel are clean and free of any
debris.
6. Place a new piston (kban) seal onto the piston.
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE
CYLINDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON INTO THE CYLINDER BARREL. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF CENTER, WHICH COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
8. Carefully slide the loaded cylinder rod assembly into
the cylinder barrel.
9. Screw the cylinder head in until tight, torque the cylinder head to 55Nm (112 ft. lb.), using the proper
spanner wrench.
10. Reinstall the steer cylinder back onto the machine.
11. Power up machine and cycle the steering left and
right until the steering is working smoothly.
12. Check the hydraulic oil level in the hydraulic oil tank
located on the pump/valve/tank assembly. Oil level
should be between min. and max. on the side of the
tank.
Cylinder Head Installation
1. Cylinder Head (Gland)
3121222
2. Spanner Wrench (48mm 1.89" Dia., 5mm Pin
Dia.)
– JLG Lift –
4-9
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.7 DRIVE MOTOR/SPINDLE ASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION
Drive Motor/Spindle Assembly - Installation
(Left front shown - installation same for both sides)
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE:
4-10
DriveMotor/Spindle Assembly
60mm External Retaining Ring
Spindle Retaining Washer
Knuckle Lug Attach Screws (a)
5.
6.
7.
8.
60mm Thrush Washer
King Pin (welded to frame) (b)
Steering Knuckle Lug
Drive Motor Power Harness (c)
Before removing the drive motor/spindle assembly, disconnect machine power then disconnect the
drive motor wiring harness (item 8) either from the power module and unstrap from the harness from
the steering arms, or by removing the drive motor cover and disconnecting from the motor.
(a) Remove the spindle retaining ring (item 2), lower and support drive motor/spindle assembly just
enough to access the top of the knuckle attach screws and remove them. On final assembly, apply
Loctite #271 to the spindle to knuckle lug attach screws and torque to 70 ft. lbs (97 N,m)
(b) Coat king pin with moly paste lubricant prior to installation of spindle assembly.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.8 WHEEL DRIVE ASSEMBLY - SERVICING
The component parts of the left and right drive motor
assemblies are identical. The left drive motor is run in the
reverse direction of the right motor.
FOR DETAILS ON THE TRACTION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL THEORY
OF OPERATION SEE SECTION 4.
Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation
Several basic electrical tests can be performed on the
Drive Motors. Failure of one of these evaluations is significant and may indicate that the device is physically damaged.
Make all measurements with a voltmeter set to resistance
scale (Ohms). Disconnect the Main Battery Disconnect
and all drive motor cables during this analysis.
1. Resistance < 2 Ohms Red to Black Armature
Wires.
The heavy red and black conductors are connected
to the motor's armature winding. The winding is a
very low impedance and should appear to be a
short-circuit for an ordinary voltmeter (other tests
can determine if the armature is truly shorted). High
resistance can signal corrosion, improper crimps,
damaged cabling, worn brushes, a faulty commutator, or an open armature winding.
2. Resistance < 2 Ohms Blue to Orange Field
Wires.
The blue and orange conductors are connected to
the motor's field winding. In order to make this measurement, it will be necessary to disconnect the buttsplice on the two orange wires or use a piercing
meter probe. As with the armature, the field is a very
low impedance and should appear to be a short-circuit for an ordinary voltmeter. High resistance can
signal corrosion, improper crimps, damaged connectors, damaged cabling, or an open field winding.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
3. Resistance 15-25 Ohms Yellow to Brown Brake
Wires.
The yellow and brown wires are connected to the
integral brake. Improper resistance can signal corrosion, improper crimps, damaged cabling, or a fault
solenoid.
4. Resistance > 1 mOhm Red Armature Wire to
Motor Housing.
The armature winding should be electrically isolated
from the motor housing. Low resistance may be an
indication of a crushed cable, a burned cable, or a
burned armature winding. Investigate by disconnecting the drive motor cable from the motor and remeasure resistance (isolation).
5. Resistance > 1 mOhm Blue Field Wire to Motor
Housing.
The field winding should also be electrically isolated
from the motor housing. Low resistance may be an
indication of a crushed cable, a burned cable, or a
burned field winding. Investigate by disconnecting
the drive motor cable from the motor and re-measure resistance (isolation).
6. Resistance > 1 mOhm Red Armature Wire to
Blue Field Wire.
The armature and field windings should also be
electrically isolated from one another. Low resistance may be an indication of a crushed cable, a
burned cable, damaged windings. Investigate by
disconnecting the drive motor cable from the motor
and re-measure resistance (isolation).
4-11
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Roll And Leak Testing
Oil Type & Capacity
Torque-Hub units should always be roll and leak tested
before disassembly and after assembly to make sure that
the unit's gears, bearings and seals are working properly.
The following information briefly outlines what to look for
when performing these tests.
NOTE:
The brake must be released before performing the roll test.
This can be accomplished by supplying 24 Volts D.C. to the
gray 2-pin brake connector.
This torque hub unit is shipped with ISO 68 viscosity oil
(hydraulic fluid). It is designed to utilize the same oil
throughout its service life. However, should it need to be
serviced the oil will need to be drained and replaced.
When serviced, fill the unit with ISO grade 68 oil or oil of a
similar viscosity (80W gear oil or 20W engine oil).
The gearbox will need to be filled with 10 oz. of oil.
Oil Filling Instructions
The Roll Test
The purpose of the roll test is to determine if the unit's
gears are rotating freely and properly. You should be able
to rotate the wheel or hub of the gearbox by hand. If you
feel more drag in the gears only at certain points, then the
gears are not rolling freely and should be examined for
improper installation or defects. Some gear packages roll
with more difficulty than others. Do not be concerned if
the gears in your unit seem to roll hard as long as they roll
with consistency.
The Leak Test
10 oz. of gearbox oil will fill the gearbox cavity approximately half full. To check the oil level, rotate the wheel so
that the cover plugs are at 12 o-clock and 3 o-clock. Allow
the oil to settle. Slowly loosen the 3 o-clock plug. If oil
begins to come out then the oil level is sufficient. If no oil
is noticed at the 3 o-clock plug location, then remove both
plugs. Slowly add oil at the 12 o-clock plug location until
oil begins to seep out of the 3-clock plug location. Reinstall and tighten plugs to 6-8 ft-lbs.
Drive Motor Power Harness Routing
The purpose of a leak test is to make sure the unit is air
tight. You can tell if your unit has a leak if the pressure
gauge reading on your leak checking fitting starts to fall
after the unit has been pressurized and allowed to equalize. Leaks will most likely occur at the pipe plugs, the
main seal or wherever o-rings are located. The exact location of a leak can usually be detected by brushing a soap
and water solution around the main seal and where the orings or gaskets meet on the exterior of the unit, then
checking for air bubbles. If a leak is detected in a seal, oring or gasket, the part must be replaced, and the unit
rechecked. Leak test at 10 psi for 20 minutes.
NOTE:
Due to the small air volume inside this Torque-Hub, it will
pressurize to 10 psi very quickly. If the pressure becomes
excessive in the unit the seals will be destroyed.
Figure 4-3. Drive Motor Power Harness Routing
4-12
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Wheel Drive Brake - Manual Disengage Procedure
Figure 4-4. Brake Manual Disengage Procedure
In the event of a power loss to the Torque-Hub, the parking brake will engage as a safety precaution. Should the
unit need to be towed or pushed to an area where it can
be serviced or recharged the operator will need to manually disengage the parking brakes. The following procedure outlines how this is to be done.
3. Remove the 2 Cover Plate Bolts (2) from the front of
the cover area near the cable exit. The size of the
Cover Plate Bolts is (#8 -32UNC x .500 inches long)
4. Remove the Cover Plate (6), Strain Relief (4), Back
Cover (7), and Cover O'ring (3).
5. Insert the Back Cover Bolts (1) into the two holes in
the brake housing at the 3 and 9 o'clock positions.
6. Tighten down bolts and the brake will disengage.
IF THE MACHINE IS ON ANY INCLINE, THE WHEELS MUST BE
ADEQUATELY BLOCKED PRIOR TO MANUALLY DISENGAGING
THE BRAKES. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN INJURY OR
EVEN DEATH.
1. Make sure the E-stop plunger is pushed in and the
key is removed from the key switch on the Ground
Control Station.
2. Remove the 2 Back Cover Bolts (1). The Back Cover
Bolts are also the release bolts for the brake. The
size of the back cover bolts (5) is 0.8 x 20mm long.
3121222
7. Repeat this procedure for the other wheel drive.
THE DISENGAGE BOLTS MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE BRAKE
HOUSING AFTER THE MACHINE IS TOWED OR PUSHED TO ITS
SERVICING LOCATION. THE BRAKES CAN NOT BE ENGAGED
WITH THE DISENGAGE BOLTS IN THE BRAKE HOUSING. THIS
WILL CAUSE THE MACHINE TO ROLL WHEN PARKED ON AN
INCLINE.
– JLG Lift –
4-13
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Wheel Drive Motor Assembly - Removal From
Machine
4. Remove the drive wheel mounting lugs and remove
the wheel(s).
The electric wheel drive assemblies are mounted indepentent of each other on the base frame at the front of the
machine.
The wheel drive assembly consists of an 24V DC electric
motor driving a 45.13:1 ratio gear box, the assembly also
included a friction disk parking brake assembly. This
brake assembly is mounted on the end of the drive motor
assembly.
1. Elevate the machine enough to remove the drive
wheel(s).
2. Before disconnecting machine power at the batteries, power up the machine and turn the steering to
expose the back of the drive motor to be removed.
3. Now disconnect machine power at the quick-disconnect (short cable) on the machine right side batteries.
5. Disconnect the power/brake harness to the drive
motor to be removed at the power module.
6. Mark the position of and remove the tie straps holding the drive motor power harness to the steering
linkage. Pull the harness throught the base frame
until free.
7. Before removing the drive motor from the gear box,
remove the pipe plugs on the gear box cover (wheel
side) and drain the oil from the gear box.
8. Remove the two (2) long cap screws attaching the
drive motor to the spindle and gear box.
9. Carefully slide the drive motor assembly out of the
gear box/spindle assembly and place on workbench.
Wheel Drive Assembly - Removal
1. Drive Motor Assembly
2. Mounting Bolt Washers
NOTE:
4-14
3. Drive Motor Mounting Bolts
Removal same for left and right drive motor.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Drive Motor Disassembly
Figure 4-5. Drive Motor Disassembly
1. Remove the 2 (#8-32UNC x .500in long) screws holding the cover plate (12) in place (See Figure 4-6.) and
remove the cover plate from the motor.
2. Remove the 2 (M5 x 0.8 x 20mm long) screws holding the cover (15) in place and set aside. These screws are
needed later to manually release the brake. Slide the strain relief bushing (14) and wire harness out of the cover
and remove the cover from the motor. Remove strain relief bushing from wire harness and set aside.
3. Discard the O-ring (13) located inside the cover.
4. Remove the wire harness (8) from the motor by disconnecting the field connection, brake connection, and armature connections. (See Figure 4-7.).
5. Install the 2 cover mounting screws into the threaded holes in the brake assembly and tighten to manually release
the brake. (See Figure 4-7.) or image in the "Manual Disengage Procedure" (See Figure 4-4.).
6. Remove the 3 screws holding the brake assembly (11) to the motor. Carefully remove the brake assembly and friction disk (10) from the motor by sliding off of the shaft. (See Figure 4-7.).
7. Remove the screws holding the commutator end head (9) in place and remove the commutator end head from
the frame and field assembly (1). The armature (2) will be attached to the commutator end head.
8. Pull back the brush springs (4) in the commutator end head, pull the brush back and rest the springs on the side
of the brush. The brushes should move freely within the holders.
9. Use an arbor press or a bearing puller to remove the armature from the commutator end head assembly.
10. Remove the snap ring (6) and bearing (7) from the commutator end head. Discard the bearing.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-15
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Figure 4-6. Drive Motor Side View
Figure 4-7. Drive Motor End View (Brake End)
Drive Motor Inspection and Servicing
(Reference Figure 4-5. - Drive Motor Disassembly Illustration)
1. Carefully blow out any accumulated carbon dust
and dirt from the end head and the frame and field
assembly using clean, oil free, compressed air.
2. Replace brushes (3) that are worn below their
usable length (.600 in.), show signs of uneven wear
or signs of overheating, such as discolored brush
shunts and brush springs. Brushes should always
be replaced in complete sets of four or eight. Use
identical replacement parts; do not substitute brush
grades as the brushes are matched to the motor
type and application to provide the best service.
Substituting brushes of the wrong grade can cause
premature commutator failure and excessive brush
wear.
5. Visually inspect the armature (2) assembly for signs
of overheating or physical damage. Visually inspect
the seal surface of the shaft for excessive wear.
Check for grounded circuits using a dielectric tester
by applying voltage between the commutator and
the shaft. Visually inspect the commutator for excessive wear and overheating. Replace as necessary.
6. Visually inspect the brake surfaces for excessive
wear. Remove any RTV Silicone sealant that may be
present on the friction disc, cover, or commutator
end head. Replace brake assembly (11) if necessary.
7. Visually inspect the wire harness (8) for frayed insulation, loose terminals, or other damage. Replace as
necessary.
3. Make sure the brush box assembly (5) is tight on the
commutator end head. Replace brush box assemblies in the commutator end head if they are physically damaged or brush holders are loose on the
brush plate.
4. Visually inspect the frame and field assembly (1) for
overheating or other signs of damage. Check all wiring to insure that the insulation is in good condition.
Verify that pole screws are torqued to 250-300 in-lb
[28.2-33.9 N-m]. Verify field resistance using a suitable ohmmeter per the appropriate motor specification. Verify that the field is electrically isolated from
the frame using a dielectric tester. Replace as necessary.
4-16
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Drive Motor - Reassembly
motor aligning wires with groove in commutator end
head. Secure brake assembly to commutator end
head using 3 bolts and apply small bead of RTV Silicone sealant around wires between friction disc and
commutator end head and in notch in friction disc.
(See Figure 4-5.)
1. After inspection and servicing, reassemble the wiring in the commutator end head (9) as originally
found. Ensure the wiring does not contact metal
parts and that it allows the brushes to move unrestricted in the holders. Motor terminals must be
assembled as shown (See Figure 4-8.). Torque bottom terminal nut to 110-140 in-lb [12.4-15.8 N-m].
7. Install wire harness (8) to motor by connecting the
field and brake connectors and securing the armature terminals to the terminal studs. Refer to Figure
4-7. for proper connections. Motor terminals must
be assembled as shown (See Figure 4-8.). Always
secure the bottom nut with a wrench as you tighten
the top nut. Torque top nut to 90-110 in-lb [10.2-12.4
N-m].
2. After the motor has been disassembled, it is recommended that new bearings be installed because
bearings may have been damaged during removal.
Although the bearings may appear and feel good,
the bearing races could be "brinelled" (races or balls
deformed) and may exhibit noise and vibration problems or fail within a relatively short period of service.
Press a new bearing into the commutator end head,
pressing on the outer race only. (See Figure 4-9.)
Replace the snap ring (6) in the snap ring groove.
3. Press the armature (2) commutator end into the
commutator end head and bearing assembly, carefully supporting the inner-race of the bearing. (See
Figure 4-9.).
Figure 4-8. Motor Terminal Assembly
8. Remove manual release screws from brake assembly. Apply new o-ring (13) and affix cover (15) to
motor using the 2 manual release screws. A small
dab of RTV Silicone sealant may be used to secure
the o-ring into the o-ring groove in the cover to aid in
assembly.
4. Carefully release the brush springs (4) allowing the
brushes to contact the commutator. Make sure
brush shunts do not interfere with spring movement.
5. Assemble the commutator end head to the frame
and field assembly (1) and tighten the screws to
120-140 in-lb [13.6-15.8 N-m]. Make sure to align
the field connection with the notch in the commutator end head. Seal wires where they exit from commutator end head with a small amount of RTV
Silicone Sealant.
6. Align wires from brake assembly (11) into notch in
friction disc (10). Install both items onto shaft of
9. Assemble strain relief bushing (14) around jacket of
wire harness and slide into slot in cover.
10. Align cover plate (12) with groove in frame and field
and affix using 2 screws.
11. Reinstall motor per instructions - See Page 4-28.
Figure 4-9. Bearing Replacement Procedure
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-17
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Main Gear Box Disassembly
Main Gear Box isassembly
1. Using a screwdriver, pry the end of the Retaining Ring (19) out of the groove in the Hub Subassembly, then grasp
the loose end of the Retaining Ring (19) with pliers and pull the rest of the way out.
2. Remove Cover (11). Thrust Washer (21) should remain in the inner counterbore of the Cover (11) when removed.
NOTE:
To remove the cover the motor must be removed. Slide a rod through the motor shaft hole and gently tap with a rubber hammer to
force the cover out.
3. Remove Input Sun Gear (4).
4. Remove Input Carrier Subassembly.
5. Remove Cover (11) O-ring (20).
6. Remove Input Ring Gear (3).
NOTE:
The Input Ring Gear (3) is held in with a press fit on its outside diameter. Insert jacking screws (1/4-20UNC, grade 8) with at least
1.5 inches of thread length into each of the three tapped holes to force the ring gear out. Be sure and alternate between the jacking
screws to keep the ring gear from becoming misaligned in the bore. The screws will push against the outer race of the main bearing.
This bearing will have to be replaced afterwards.
7. Using a screwdriver, remove Spiral Retaining Ring (27).
8. Pull Hub Subassembly off of the Spindle (1) Subassembly.
4-18
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Input Carrier Disassembly
Input Carrier Disassembly
1. Remove Retaining Rings (18) from each of the three Planet Shafts (6).
NOTE:
Do not overstress these Retaining Rings when removing them.
2. Remove Thrust Plate (23).
3. Remove Thrust Washer (25) from each Planet Shaft (6).
4. Slide each Input Planet Gear (5) off the Planet Shaft (6).
5. Press out Bushing (26) from the bore of each Planet Gear (5). Bushings cannot be reused when removed.
6. Remove the other Thrust Washer (25) from each Planet Shaft (6).
7. Remove Retaining Ring (24) from Output Sun Gear (8).
8. Slide Output Sun Gear (8) out from the center of the Input Carrier (7).
9. Remove the three Planet Shafts (6) from the Input Carrier.
NOTE:
3121222
The Planet Shafts (6) are held in with a press fit. To avoid damage to the parts, use an arbor or hydraulic press to remove the Planet
Shafts (6).
– JLG Lift –
4-19
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Hub - Disassembly
Hub Disassembly
1. Remove Main Wheel Bearing (14).
NOTE:
This part is held in the hub with a press fit. To remove have the hub setting seal side up. Use a plate or rod with a large enough
diameter push in the inner race of the bearing. Apply force to the push the bearing out. This bearing will need to be replaced upon
reassembly.
2. Remove main Lip Seal (16).
NOTE:
4-20
This Lip Seal (16) is also held in with a press fit. Remove the Lip Seal only if the hub or seal needs to be replaced. The Lip Seal will
most likely become damaged during removal. Try not to damage the hub bore.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Spindle Disassembly
Spindle Disassembly
1. Place unit on bench with Planet Gears (9) facing up.
2. Remove three Output Planet Shafts (10)
NOTE:
These Planet Shafts are held in with a press fit. Use the tapped hole in the end of the pin in conjunction with a slide hammer or similar tool to remove them.
3. Remove the Output Planet Gear (9), Thrust Washer (25), and Tanged Washer (32) out each of gear "window" of the
Spindle (1).
NOTE:
The Output Planet Gears (9) are a very similar size to the Input Planet Gears (5), tag or label the Planet Gears to avoid confusion.
4. Press out Bushing (26) from the bore of each Planet Gear (9). Bushings cannot be reused when removed
5. Use appropriate tool to remove the shaft bearing Retaining Ring (28).
6. Remove the shaft Ball Bearing (15) from the center bore.
7. Press out the Motor Shaft Seal (17) from the center bore.
8. Remove the Main Bearing (14) from the outside diameter of the Spindle (1).
NOTE:
This bearing is held in with a press fit. You will need to pry against the Spindle (1) to remove it. A new bearing should be used when
the unit is reassembled.
9. Press out the Main Bushings (12) at the top of the Spindle (1) neck.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-21
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Spindle Sub-Assembly
Spindle Sub-Assembly
1. Using the appropriate pressing tool (T-207925), press in the 2 Main Bushings (12) in the upper bore of the Spindle
(1). The lower bushing needs to flush with the bottom of the bore and the upper bushing needs to be flush with
the bottom of the bore.
2. Using the appropriate pressing tool (T-182377), press on Main Bearing (14) until it is fully seated.
3. Insert the Motor Shaft Bearing (15) into the center bore of the Spindle (1). The bearing is a slight slip fit, but it may
require some press to assemble if the bearing becomes misaligned.
4. Retain the Motor Shaft Bearing (15) installing Spiral Retaining Ring (28) into groove in Spindle (1).
5. Use the Output Planet Pin (10) as a pressing tool to install the Planet Bushing (26) into the bore of each Planet
Gear (9). The shaft will help guide the bushing into the bore as well as prevent damage from the press.
6. Place Tanged Thrust Washer (32) into each planet "window" of the Spindle (1). Make sure the tang sits in the cast
groove on the inside of the window.
7. Place a Thrust Washer (25) onto the Output Planet Gear (9). Line up the bores as best as you can. Use grease to
hold the Thrust Washer in place.
8. Slide the Output Planet Gear (9) into the window with the Tanged Thrust Washer (32) until the bores line up.
9. Insert an Output Planet Shaft (10) into the Planet Shaft hole of the Spindle (1) and through the bores of the Thrust
Washers (25) & (32) and the Planet Gear (9).
10. Before pressing the Output Planet Shaft (10) into the Spindle (1), make sure the gear spins freely.
(continued next page)
4-22
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
11. Press the Output Planet Shaft (10) into the Spindle (1) until it bottoms out. Make sure the Output Planet Gear (9)
turns freely after the Planet Shaft is pressed in.
12. Repeat Steps 5-11 for the other two Output Planet Gears (9).
13. Turn the Spindle (1) over so that the carrier end is down.
14. Using a flat plate or rod, press the Motor Shaft Seal (17) into the center bore so that it is flush with the face of the
Spindle (1).
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-23
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Hub Sub-Assembly
Hub Sub-Assembly
1. Put Hub (2) on a table with the tapped holes facing down.
2. Using a flat plate in conjunction with a pressing tool, press in the Seal (16) so it is flush with the edge of the hub.
NOTE:
NOTE: The Seal has a thin outer shell that can be easily damaged if not installed with care. It is a good idea to start the Seal into the
bore with a rubber mallet before pressing.
3. Flip the Hub (2) over
4. Using the appropriate pressing tool (T-174356), press the Main Bearing (15) into the bore until it bottoms out.
4-24
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Input Carrier Sub-Assembly
Input Carrier Sub-Assembly
1. Use the Input Planet Shaft (6) as a pressing tool to install the Planet Bushing (26) into the bore of each Planet Gear
(5). The shaft will help guide the bushing into the bore as well as prevent damage from the press.
2. Press three Input Planet Shafts (6) into the three holes of the Input Carrier (7). The head of the Input Planet Shaft
(6) needs to sit flush in the counterbore of the Input Carrier (7) hole
3. Insert Output Sun Gear (8) into the splined bore of the Input Carrier (7). The gear tooth end of the Output Sun
Gear (8) should protrude in the opposite direction of the Input Planet Shafts (6).
4. Using retaining ring pliers, install the Retaining Ring (24) into the groove of the Output Sun Gear (8). Make sure
that the Retaining Ring (24) is correctly seated in the groove and that the Output Sun Gear (8) cannot be pulled
out of the Input Carrier (7).
5. Place a Thrust Washer (25) on each side of the Input Planet Gear (5). Line up the bores as well as you can visually. Additional grease may help hold everything together.
6. Place the Input Planet Gear (5) and Thrust Washers (25) onto the Input Planet Shaft (6) sticking out from the Input
Carrier (7).
7. Repeat 5 & 6 for the other 2 Planet Gears.
8. Put the Thrust Plate (23) onto the three Input Planet Shafts (6). Use the three holes on the innermost bolt circle.
The other three holes are for a different gear ratio.
9. Using the appropriate retaining ring pliers put a Retaining Ring (18) into the groove of each Input Planet Shaft (6).
NOTE:
3121222
Do not overstress the Retaining Rings (18).
– JLG Lift –
4-25
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Main Gear Box Sub-Assembly
Main Gear Box Sub-Assembly
1. Inspect seal surface of Spindle (1). Remove any debris that may be present.
2. Apply a coating of grease to the Lip Seal (not shown) in the Hub Subassembly.
3. Place Spindle (1) Sub-Assembly on table with carrier side up.
4. Carefully install the Hub Subassembly (seal side down) onto the Spindle (1). This installation should be a slip fit
and takes place in 3 stages.
5. Stage 1: The hub slides together until the gear teeth of the hub hit the gear teeth of the 3 output planets.
6. Stage 2: Find the Planet Gear that is tight and turn it until you feel it go into mesh with the hub gear teeth, apply
slight downward pressure to the hub and then find the next gear that is tight and do the same.
7. Stage 3: Once all the Planet Gears are in mesh apply pressure to the hub, it should push on the rest of the way.
8. Install Retaining Ring (27) into the groove on the OD of the Spindle (1) carrier. This is a Spiral Retaining Ring so it
will not require pliers. You will need to pull the Retaining Ring (27) apart and work it into the groove.
(continued next page)
4-26
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
9. Using the appropriate pressing tool (T-174356), press in the Input Ring Gear (3) into the bore of Hub Subassembly.
NOTE:
Do not use excessive pressing force because it will be reacted by the main wheel bearings.
10. Install the Input Carrier Subassembly into mesh. The Output Sun Gear (8) portion of the Input Carrier Subassembly will mesh with the Output Planet Gears (9) and the Input Planet Gears (5) mounted on the Input Carrier Subassembly will mesh with the Input Ring Gear (3).
11. Install the Input Sun Gear (4) into the area between the three Input Planet Gears (5).
12. Apply a coating of grease to the Cover (11) O-ring (20) and install it into the o-ring groove of the Hub Subassembly.
NOTE:
It may be helpful to stretch the O-ring (20) out prior to assembly to avoid pinching or shearing when the Cover (11) is assembled.
13. Apply Loctite 380 or 480 glue to Cover Thrust Washer (21) and place it in the center counter bore of the Cover (11)
so that the steel face of the washer is out of the bore.
NOTE:
Make sure that both the Cover Thrust Washer (21) and the Cover (11) have good clean surfaces for the Loctite to properly adhere.
14. Center the Cover (11) in the hub bore so that the "JLG" logo is up. Push it into the bore.
15. Install the Cover Retaining Ring (19) into the groove of the Hub Sub-assembly.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-27
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Motor Assembly
Motor Assembly
1. Insert motor (13) into back of the gearbox. Motor will pilot on the 4 bosses in the gearbox. Try to keep the end of
the motor shaft from causing damage to the lip seal in the gearbox.
NOTE:
The motor may need to be rotated to line up the sun gear splines with the motor shaft splines.
2. Install the 2 Motor Mounting Bolts (M7) and Washers (M8). Tighten to 9-11 ft-lbs.
3. Connect the end of the power cable to the power controller, route cable per instruction in Figure 4-3.
4. Fill the gearbox with oil, See Oil Type & Capacity on Page 4-12.
4-28
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.9 HYDRAULIC PUMP/MOTOR/VALVE ASSEMBLY - SERVICE PROCEDURE
Refer to Section 3.6, PUMP/LIFT/MAST - Theory of Operation for more detailed information on Pump/Motor/Valve
System.
Common Difficulties
The following difficulties can be examined using the JLG
Analyzer, a voltmeter, and simple hand tools. Unless otherwise noted, the Control System shall be energized in
Ground Mode during testing. For a convenient Ground
Reference, place the black meter lead on the negative
post of the left battery in the left-side battery compartment.
The vehicle should be placed on a firm, level surface for
all analysis.
1. Ground Module Interlocks
There are a variety of interlocks that prevent Lift Up
due to system events (Tilted, Elevation Angle Sensor
Not Calibrated, etc). Before investigating Pump System issues, examine the JLG Analyzer's HELP Menu
while attempting to Lift Up from Ground Mode.
Refer to Section 5 for explanations of the Analyzer
Help Messages.
After ensuring there is not an Open-Circuit between
the +B Terminal and Pump Motor Positive Terminal,
check that the voltage measured between the Pump
Motor Negative Terminal and Ground Reference is
24V. If not, examine the issues within Open-Circuit
Pump Motor. This voltage should ramp to approximately 0V when Lift Up is operated from Ground
Mode. If not, examine the cable between the terminal and the Power Module compartment (P Terminal). Inspect crimps for corrosion and ensure that
bolted connections are tight. Ensure that the cable
is not crushed where it passes between the frame
side sheets and the cylinder assembly.
5. Open-Circuit Pump Motor
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive, but Lift Up
and Steer Functionality will be lost and the Pump
Motor will not operate. Under DIAGNOSTICS PUMP, the JLG Analyzer will show PUMP PWM 100%
and PUMP CUR 0.0A when Lift Up is operated from
Ground Mode.
The Power Module executes a self-test during every
power-up to ensure proper functionality. If a Diagnostic Issue is detected, the Power Module will not
energize the Line Contactor. Instead, it will flash the
Green LED. Since these issues may impact both the
Traction and Pump Systems, please refer to the section for Power Module Diagnostics.
Pull the Main Battery Disconnect to completely deenergize the Control System. Next, detach the cable
from Pump Motor Positive Terminal. Using a voltmeter set for resistance measurement (Ohms), ensure
that the resistance between the Pump Motor Positive
and Negative Terminals is less than 2 Ohms. If not,
examine the pump motor for worn brushes or broken terminals. After examination, re-connect the
Pump Motor Positive Terminal and the Main Battery
Disconnect.
3. Open-Circuit between +B Terminal and Pump
Motor Positive Terminal
6. Short-Circuit between Pump Motor Positive and
Negative Terminals
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive, but Lift Up
and Steer Functionality will be lost and the Pump
Motor will not operate. Under DIAGNOSTICS PUMP, the JLG Analyzer will show PUMP PWM 100%
and PUMP CUR 0.0A when Lift Up is operated from
Ground Mode.
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive, but Lift Up
and Steer Functionality will be lost and the Pump
Motor will not operate. Under DIAGNOSTICS PUMP, the JLG Analyzer will show an erratic reading
for PUMP PWM % and PUMP CUR will hover around
150A when Lift Up is operated from Ground Mode.
Pull the Main Battery Disconnect to completely deenergize the Control System. Next, detach both
Pump Motor Terminals and insulate them independently. Re-connect the Main Battery Disconnect and
re-try Lift Up. If the same symptoms persist (erratic
PUMP PWM%, PUMP CUR around 150A), examine
the cabling between the Pump Motor and Power
Module compartment for a short-circuit (most likely
near area where cylinder retracts between frame
side sheets or near pot-hole mechanism). If the
symptoms change, suspect a short-circuited (or
mechanically frozen) pump motor.
A clamp-on ammeter (set for 200A DC) can be
placed on either Pump Motor Cable for verification.
During Lift Up, the ammeter will read approximately
150A.
2. Power Module Diagnostic Issues
As shown in the diagram, the voltage measured
between the Pump Motor Positive Terminal and
Ground Reference should be 24V. If it is not, examine the cable between the terminal and the Power
Module compartment. Inspect crimps for corrosion
and ensure that bolted connections are tight.
Ensure that the cable is not crushed where it passes
between the frame side sheets and the cylinder
assembly.
4. Open-Circuit between Pump Motor Negative Terminal and P Terminal
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive, but Lift Up
and Steer Functionality will be lost and the Pump
Motor will not operate. Under DIAGNOSTICS PUMP, the JLG Analyzer will show PUMP PWM 100%
and PUMP CUR 0.0A when Lift Up is operated from
Ground Mode.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-29
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Figure 4-10. Main Electrical Power Connections - (1600346 - SEVCON Power Module)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
4-30
Right Side Batteries
Left Side Batteries
Power Module
Main Power Contactor Relay
Hydraulic Pump Motor
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
– JLG Lift –
Right Drive Motor
Left Drive Motor
Battery Power Quick-Disconnect
To Battery Charger
To Charger or Inverter (Option, If Equipped)
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
6
A1
A2
A1
A2
4
3
Figure 4-11. Main Electrical Power Connections - (1001092456 - ZAPI Power Module)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3121222
Right Side Batteries
Left Side Batteries
Power Module
Main Power Contactor Relay
Hydraulic Pump Motor
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
– JLG Lift –
Right Drive Motor
Left Drive Motor
Battery Power Quick-Disconnect
To Battery Charger
To Charger or Inverter (Option, If Equipped)
4-31
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Pump Components
Hydraulic System Pressure Check Port
The following is a complete disassembly/assembly of the
machines’ pump/motor/valve assembly.
NOTE: During reassembly of the pump/motor assembly,
lubricate all seals and o-rings with JLG recommended hydraulic fluid.
Also keep all internal metal parts clean and coated
with hydraulic fluid to prevent surface corrosion.
JLG recommends replacing all seals and o-rings
when disassembling and reassembling the pump/
motor unit.
The port for hydraulic system lift pressure check is provided on the valve body of the hydraulic pump assembly
as shown in the following illustration.
Hydraulic Pressure Check Port
1. Pump Valve Body
2. Pressure Check Port Shown
with Optional Fitting
Figure 4-12. Hydraulic Pump - Hydraulic Line and
Electrical Connections
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
4-32
Steer Right - Hyd. Line
Steer Left - Hyd. Line
Cyl. Lift-Up - Hyd. Line
Cyl. Return - Hyd. Line
Cylinder Lift-Up Solenoid
6.
7.
8.
9.
Steer Right Solenoid
Steer Left Solenoid
Pump Motor Pos (+)
Pump Motor Neg (–)
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Hydraulic System Pressure Settings
Perform final hydraulic pressure setting with oil at normal
operating temperature. If pressure is set when cold, function may not operate properly after oil has warmed.
Turning relief adjustment screw clockwise - increases
pressure, turning adjustment screw counterclockwise decreases pressure. DO NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM
PRESSURE SETTINGS. (See Figure 4-13.)
Table 4-2. Hydraulic System - Pressure Settings
1230ES
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
SETTING
Main
1600 PSI (110 Bar)
Steer - Left/Right
1250 PSI (86 Bar)
1. To check the lift pressure, attach pressure gauge to
the check port on top of the valve body.
To check steer pressure remove either the left or
right steer hose fitting on the valve body and plumb
a pressure gauge at that point.
2. Power up machine, warm up oil to normal operating
temperature.
3. Check initial pressure for each function, lift and
steering.
4. Adjust pressure relief according to settings shown in
Table 4-2. Lift pressure setting must be adjusted to
raise the maximum capacity allowed in the platform
with the mast fully extended. Do not exceed the
MAXIMUM pressure settings.
Table 4-3. Hydraulic Pump - Solenoid Specifications
Component
Coil Rating
Lift-Up Solenoid
28 Ohm
Steer - Left/Right Solenoid
33 Ohm
Figure 4-13. Relief Pressure Setting Locations
1. Pump Valve Body
2. Steering Right Pressure Relief
3. Steering Left Pressure Relief
3121222
4. Main Pressure Relief
5. Pressure Gauge Check
Port
– JLG Lift –
4-33
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Pump/Motor/Valve Assembly - Removal/Installation
Hydraulic Pump/Valve/Tank - Installation
1. Pump/Valve/Tank Assembly
2. Pump Assy. Mounting Screw/Nuts
3. Static Strap
4. Valve Bank Solenoid Connections
5. Steer/Lift-Up/Return Hydraulic Lines
6. Pump Motor Power Connection Terminals (a)
NOTE: (a) Apply dielectric grease to terminals during installation of cables. Torque nuts to 5 - 7 ft. lb. (7 - 9 Nm)
BE CERTAIN THE MAST IS FULLY LOWERED BEFORE REMOVING ANY HYDRAULIC LINES FROM THE PUMP UNIT. WEAR PROTECTIVE GEAR WHEN WORKING AROUND PRESSURIZED
HYDRAULIC LINES. REMOVE CONNECTIONS CAREFULLY AND
CAP ALL LINES.
1. Disconnect machine electrical power using the
quick disconnect on the left side batteries.
2. Disconnect the pump motor power cables from the
power terminals on the side of the motor housing.
4-34
– JLG Lift –
3. Label and then unplug the harness connectors from
the lift-up, and steer solenoids on the pump valve
bank assembly.
4. Label and carefully disconnect the hydraulic lines
from the top of the valve bank assembly.
5. Finally remove the two (2) mounting screws and
nuts from pump mounting plate under the pump and
remove the pump/motor/valve assembly from the
machine.
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Pump/Valve/Tank - Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3121222
Pump Motor Assembly
Motor to Pump Coupler
Pump to Frame Mounting Flange
Pump Valve Body
Tank Oil Ring Seal
Hydraulic Pump
Pick-Up w/Filter Screen
Return Flow Filter/Diffuser
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
– JLG Lift –
Tank
Tank Breather Cap
Main Pressure Relief
Left Steer Pressure Relief
Right Steer Pressure Relief
Lift/Steer Valve Body
Lift Selenoid Valve
Left/Right Steer Selenoid Valve
4-35
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
Motor Cover/Motor Installation
for wear, replace if necessary. Once complete, reassemble
for operation, do not overtighten the motor cover bolts
into the aluminum valve body, 8 Nm (70 in. lb.).
DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES BEFORE PERFORMING THESE
PROCEDURES.
This procedure requires removing the pump to frame
mounting bolts and nuts and rotating the pump assembly
horizonally far enough to allow removal of the pump
motor cover. No pump connections, hyraulic or electrical
need be disconnected.
Motor Brush Installation
Once pump motor cover has been removed, inspect the
rotor commutator for excessive wear before installing a
new brush set.
Brush Installation
1. Brush Holder
2. Brush
3. Brush Terminal Screw
Motor Cover/Motor Installation
1. Motor Assembly
2. Motor Cover
3. Motor Assembly Screws (a)
4. Disassembly Marks (b)
4. Brush Tension Spring
5. Commutator on Armature
6. Motor Cover Bearing
Installation the same for all four (4) brush assemblies.
NOTE: (a) When reassembling, DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN motor
assembly screws (3), torque is 8 Nm (70 in. lb.).
(b) Place marks on body to help with reassembly
alignment.
Preventative Maintenance - Brush Wear - Dust
Removal Procedure
Due to a possible build-up of dust from brush wear inside
the pump motor cover around the brushes and armature
under heavy usage. It is recommended per the Preventative Maintenance and Inspection Schedule - Section-2
(Table 2-2), to perform this dust cleaning task on an
annual basis.
Note: Clean the rotor commutator and brushes with a non-conductive electrical cleaner before assembly.
Attach the brush terminal end to the terminal post using the terminal screw (3), then push the brush (2) down into it’s holder (1),
slide the tension spring (4) onto the top of the brush.
After final assembly of the brushes check that all brush
terminal screws are tight and the brush springs are positioned properly before installing the motor cover and
motor to the pump valve body.
DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN THE PUMP MOTOR ASSEMBLY SCREWS
INTO THE ALUMINUM VALVE BODY. (8 NM OR 70 IN. LB.)
Follow the procedure show above for motor cover
removal. Once the motor cover is removed, blow any
accumulated brush dust from inside the cover and around
the brushes, and armature commutator. Check brushes
4-36
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
4.10 POT HOLE PROTECTION SYSTEM
Pot-Hole-Protection System Components
(Some components hidden for illustrative purposes only.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
PHP Actuator (Platform)
Right/Left PHP Limit Switch
Right Side Counterbalance Link
Left Side Counterbalance Link
5.
6.
7.
8.
PHP Link Plate
Right PHP Bar
Left PHP Bar
Spacer Tube and Torsion Springs
PHP Pin and Flange Bearing Installation
1. PHP Link Plate Pin
3121222
2. Flange Bearing
3. PHP Counterweight Link
– JLG Lift –
4. Retaining Ring
4-37
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Actuator - Limit Switch - Counterweight Installation (Machines Prior to S/N-0130013258)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Actuator Attach Screws/Nuts
PHP Actuator Assembly
Limit Switch (a)
Limit Switch Mounting Block (b)
Limit Switch Attach Screws
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Torsion Spring (c)
Tube Spacer
Counterbalance Link Mounting Pin
Pin Retaining Ring
Left Side Countbalance Link
NOTE: Assembly same for both the left and right side PHP components.
(a) When the pothole is in the deployed position (bars down), adjust limit switch plunger
just past "click", re-tighten mounting block screws to frame.
(b) Apply Loctite #222 to mounting block screw threads on final tightening.
(c) Hook spring through slot in frame and the other end around the counterweight lug,
then slide the attach pin through the frame, spring, counterweight, tube spacer, install
the pin retaining ring.
4-38
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Actuator - Limit Switch - Counterweight Installation (Machines S/N-0130013258 to Present)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Actuator Attach Screws/Nuts
PHP Actuator Assembly
Limit Switch (a)
Limit Switch Mounting Bracket (b)
Limit Switch Attach Screws
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Torsion Spring (c)
Tube Spacer
Counterbalance Link Mounting Pin
Pin Retaining Ring
Left Side Countbalance Link
NOTE: Assembly same for both the left and right side PHP components.
(a) When the pothole is in the deployed position (bars down), adjust limit switch plunger
just past "click", re-tighten mounting block screws to frame.
(b) Apply Loctite #222 to mounting screw threads on final tightening.
(c) Hook spring through slot in frame and the other end around the counterweight lug,
then slide the attach pin through the frame, spring, counterweight, tube spacer, install
the pin retaining ring.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
4-39
SECTION 4 - BASE COMPONENTS
NOTES:
4-40
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
SECTION 5. CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.1 CONTROL COMPONENTS OVERVIEW
Control Components Overview
1.
2.
3.
4.
Platform Control Station
Ground Control Station
Manual Brake Release Switch
Battery Charger or Inverter/Charger
3121222
5.
6.
7.
8.
Warning Beacon
Right Side Batteries
Ground Alarm
Power Module
– JLG Lift –
9. Main Contactor Power Relay
10. Elevation Cut-Back Sensor
11. Left Side Batteries
5-1
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.2 CONTROL COMPONENTS - SERVICE
Ground Alarm
Main Power Contactor Relay
The main power contactor relay is located on the bulkhead on the right-front, inside the compartment as shown
following.
Ground Alarm - Installation
1. Ground Alarm
Note: Remove the charger/step-plate cover on the rear of the
machine, mounted just above the battery charger.
Main Power Relay - Installation
1. Main Power Relay
2. Attach Screws
2. Attach Screws
Warning Beacon - Frame Mounted
Note: See (See Figure 5-1.) for electrical wiring connections.
Elevation Limit Switch
Elevation Limit Switch - Installation
1. Attach Screws
2. Elevation Limit Switch
3. Switch Mounting Block
4. Mounting Holes in Frame
5. Attach Nuts
Note: Located on right-front of machine frame behind drive wheel
assembly next to mast.
5-2
Warning Beacon - Installation
1. Beacon Assembly
2. Attach Screws
Note: Located on base frame just above the left rear wheel.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Manual Brake Release Switch
AC Power - Breaker Box Installation (CE
Specification Machines ONLY)
The AC power breaker box is wired inline on the power circuit of the AC receptacle box mounted in the platform.
See illustration below for mounting instructions, for Information on the various plugs types and specific wiring for
each plug type see Section 9.12, AC POWER RECEPTACLES AND WIRING (PLATFORM) - CE SPEC MACHINES
ONLY in Section 9 of this manual.
Manual Brake Release Switch - Installation
1. Release Switch
2. Washer
3. Nut
4. Charger/Step Plate Cover
Note: Located on rear of machine, under charger/step plate cover.
7
8
6
5
4
3
1
2
AC Power - Breaker Box - Installation
(CE Specification Machines ONLY)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cover Plate Mounting Screws
Cover Plate
Breaker Assembly
Mounting Screw Plugs
5.
6.
7.
8.
Box to Frame Mounting Screws
Breaker Box Base
Breaker Box Shield
Box to Frame Mounting Screw - Nuts and Washers
Note: Located on left rear of machine, just above the machine nameplate.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-3
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.3 TRACTION SYSTEM
Refer to Section 3.5, TRACTION - Theory of Operation for
more detailed information on Traction System.
Common Traction System Difficulties
1. Ground Module Interlocks
There are a variety of interlocks that prevent Drive
due to system events (Elevated but Pot-Hole Mechanism Failed to Deploy, etc.). Before investigating
Traction System issues, examine the JLG Analyzer's
HELP Menu while attempting to Drive from Platform
Mode. Refer to the Section 5 for explanation of the
JLG Analyzer Help Messages.
2. Power Module Diagnostic Issues
The Power Module executes a self-test during every
power-up to ensure proper functionality. If a Diagnostic Issue is detected, the Power Module will not
energize the Line Contactor. Instead, it will flash the
Green LED, please refer to Power Module Diagnostics in Section 5.4, POWER MODULE - P/N-1600346.
To find the source of the difficulty, pull the Main Battery Disconnect and disconnect the Armature Wiring
(heavy red and black conductors) from the suspected drive motor leading to the Power Module's
M1 and M2 Terminals. Re-test the traction function.
If the remaining drive motor is able to reach full
speed (and Armature Current is less than 50A), the
drive motor that has been disconnected is fault.
Investigate for crushed and burned cables. Note if
the drive motor smells burned.
5. Open-Circuit Motor Field
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive very slowly
or not at all. Rapid motor overheating (both motors)
will result.
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive, but one
motor will handle the entire traction load. Motor
overheating and excessive tire wear will result, along
with a lack of traction control.
This situation can be detected by elevating the vehicle's front wheels and engaging drive (platform
stowed). Under DIAGNOSTICS - TRACTION, the
JLG Analyzer's ARM CUR display (Armature Current
Reading) will hover around 350A. The FLD CUR display (Field Current Reading) will be erratic or low
(less than 10A). Neither wheel will rotate at normal
speed, but it will be possible to rotate the drive
wheel by hand.
This situation can be detected by elevating the vehicle's front wheels and engaging drive (platform
stowed). Under DIAGNOSTICS - TRACTION, the
JLG Analyzer's ARM CUR display (Armature Current
Reading) should be less than 50A. One wheel will
rotate at full speed, while the other will not rotate at
all. The Power Module's self-diagnostics cannot
detect this fault unless both armatures are open-circuit.
To find the source of the difficulty, pull the Main Battery Disconnect and disconnect the Field Wiring
(two blue wires leading to F1 and F2 Terminals) from
the Power Module. Using a voltmeter set for resistance scale (Ohms), investigate if there is a short-circuit (less than 5 Ohms) between the two blue wires
(this is normal). If not, investigate for improper
crimps, burned cables, damaged cables, or damaged field windings.
3. Open-Circuit Motor Armature
To find the source of the difficulty, pull the Main Battery Disconnect and investigate the wiring pathways
from the Power Controller's M1 and M2 terminals to
the armature on the motor that does not rotate.
Investigate for issues like improper crimps, loose
terminals, and corrosion.
4. Short-Circuit Motor Armature
This issue will allow the vehicle to drive very slowly
or not at all. Rapid motor overheating (one motor)
will result.
This situation can be detected by elevating the vehicle's front wheels and engaging drive (platform
stowed). Under DIAGNOSTICS - TRACTION, the
JLG Analyzer's ARM CUR display (Armature Current
Reading) will hover around 350A. The FLD CUR display (Field Current Reading) will hover around 40A.
Neither wheel will rotate at normal speed, but it will
5-4
be possible to rotate the drive wheel by hand. The
Power Module's self-diagnostics cannot detect this
fault since the situation appears identical to climbing
a steep grade.
– JLG Lift –
6. Short-Circuit Brake Release
This issue will not allow the vehicle to drive. Rapid
motor overheating (both motors) will result. Continued attempts to drive the vehicle may result in armature damage.
This situation can be detected by elevating the vehicle's front wheels and engaging drive (platform
stowed). Under DIAGNOSTICS - TRACTION, the
JLG Analyzer's ARM CUR display (Armature Current
Reading) will hover around 350A. The FLD CUR display (Field Current Reading) will hover around 40A.
Neither wheel will rotate, and it will be impossible to
rotate either drive wheel by hand. The Ground Module cannot detect this fault during power-up or selftest since energizing the brakes could pose a hazard. However, it may detect this issue during Drive
(investigate using JLG Analyzer).
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Figure 5-1. Main Electrical Power Connections - (1600346 - SEVCON Power Module)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3121222
Right Side Batteries
Left Side Batteries
Power Module
Main Power Contactor Relay
Hydraulic Pump Motor
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
– JLG Lift –
Right Drive Motor
Left Drive Motor
Battery Power Quick-Disconnect
To Battery Charger
To Charger or Inverter (Option, If Equipped)
5-5
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
6
A1
A2
A1
A2
4
3
Figure 5-2. Main Electrical Power Connections - (1001092456 - ZAPI Power Module)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5-6
Right Side Batteries
Left Side Batteries
Power Module
Main Power Contactor Relay
Hydraulic Pump Motor
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
– JLG Lift –
Right Drive Motor
Left Drive Motor
Battery Power Quick-Disconnect
To Battery Charger
To Charger or Inverter (Option, If Equipped)
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
To find the source of the difficulty, remove the rear
cover from either drive motor. Insert voltmeter leads
into the white connector leading to the brake solenoid (yellow and brown wires) and attempt to drive
(Platform Mode). The Ground Module will apply
approximately 24V to the brake release solenoids
(wired in parallel) during drive, but will reduce this
voltage in the event of a short-circuit. If this voltage
is improper (less than 8V), investigate using resistance measurement (refer to Drive Motor Electrical
Evaluation). Suspect damaged cabling, burned
cabling, or faulty brake release solenoids. Trace the
brake release cabling from the Power Module Compartment to the Ground Module Connector J1-24.
5.4 POWER MODULE - P/N-1600346
1230ES SCISSORS BUILT STARTING IN MID YEAR 2010
REPLACED THE SEVCON POWER MODULE (P/N-1600473) WITH
THE ZAPI POWER MODULE (P/N-1001092456).
The Sevcon Power Module is located at the front-left side
of the machine inside the compartment as shown in Figure 5-3. below. Use the following instructions when removing and installing the power module.
11. Open-Circuit Brake Release
This issue will not allow the vehicle to drive. Rapid
motor overheating (both motors) will result. Continued attempts to drive the vehicle may result in armature damage.
This situation can be detected by elevating the vehicle's front wheels and engaging drive (platform
stowed). Under DIAGNOSTICS - TRACTION, the
JLG Analyzer's ARM CUR display (Armature Current
Reading) will hover around 350A. The FLD CUR display (Field Current Reading) will hover around 40A.
It is possible that one wheel may rotate, or neither
may rotate (depending on the location of the opencircuit). Listen for the brake release solenoid when
activating drive. The Ground Module cannot detect
this fault during power-up or self-test since energizing the brakes could pose a hazard. However, it may
detect this issue during Drive (investigate using JLG
Analyzer).
If one wheel rotates, the open-circuit is located in the
wiring for that specific drive motor (Power Module
compartment or Drive Motor Cable). Investigate for
improper crimps, unlatched connectors, damaged
cables, or open brake release solenoids (refer to
Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation).
If neither wheel rotates, the open-circuit is located in
the wiring between the Power Module compartment
and Ground Module. Using a voltmeter, measure the
brake release voltage on either brake connector in
the Power Module compartment during drive
(should be approximately 24V). Investigate for
improper crimps, unlatched connectors, damaged
harnessing, or a faulty Ground Module. As an alternative, insert a short piece of wire with a Deutsch
Female Crimp directly into Ground Module's J1-24
and measure voltage as a diagnostic measure (eject
vehicle harness from that pin).
3121222
Figure 5-3. Power Module - Installation
1. Power Module
2. Mounting Screws
Removal
1. Turn off power machine power and disconnect the
batteries.
NOTE: Note the wire terminal locations when removing the
Power Module (See Figure 5-1.).
2. Disconnect all wires from the power module and
remove the module mounting bolts, remove module
from the machine.
Installation
– JLG Lift –
1. Be sure that the terminals are oriented as shown.
2. After installing the power module, begin connecting
the wires back to the controller. (Reference Figure 51.)
5-7
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN THE TERMINAL BOLTS, OR DAMAGE TO
THE UNIT COULD OCCUR.
3. Torque the terminal bolts to 5 ft lb. (7 Nm).
4. After all connections to the power module are made,
the battery can be reconnected.
1. RESISTANCE >100K OHMS ALL TERMINALS TO
HOUSING.
Ensure that there is an open-circuit between all terminals of the Power Module and the module's aluminum housing. The device is fully potted and all
electronics are insulted from the housing. Place the
Black meter lead on the housing and use the Red
meter lead to probe all terminals.
2. RESISTANCE < 2 OHMS BETWEEN +B AND M1.
Ensure that there is a short-circuit between the +B
and M1 Terminals. Internally, there is a low-impedance current measurement shunt for the Armature
portion of Traction. Place the Red meter lead on +B,
and the Black meter lead on M1.
3. RESISTANCE >1M OHMS BETWEEN F1 AND -B;
F2 AND -B.
Ensure that there is an open-circuit between the two
Field Terminals (F1 & F2) and -B. Internally, there are
MOSFET transistors between these terminals that
should be high-impedance when the module is unpowered. Place the Black meter lead on -B and the
Red meter lead on F1 / F1.
4. RESISTANCE >1M OHMS BETWEEN F1 AND
+B; F2 AND +B.
Ensure that there is an open-circuit between the two
Field Terminals (F1 & F2) and +B. Internally, there
are MOSFET transistors between these terminals
that should be high-impedance when the module is
un-powered. Place the Black meter lead on +B and
the Red meter lead on F1 / F1.
Figure 5-4. Sevcon Power Module Terminals
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B – (battery (–) terminal)
6.
F1 (motor field terminal)
7.
B+ (battery (+) terminal) 8.
P - (pump (–) terminal)
9.
Mini-Fit Jr/B-Connector 10.
F2 - (motor field terminal)
M1 - (motor armature terminal)
M2 - (motor armature terminal)
DTC Flash Code LED Indicator
Unused
5. RESISTANCE >100K OHMS BETWEEN P AND -B.
Ensure that there is an open-circuit between the P
and the -B Terminals. Internally, there are MOSFET
transistors between these terminals that should be
high-impedance when the module is un-powered.
Place the Black meter lead on -B, and the Red meter
lead on P. Note that a measurement of increasing
resistance (capacitor charge) is normal, but a persistently low impedance is not.
Several basic electrical tests can be performed on the
Power Module. Failure of one of these evaluations is significant and may indicate that the device is physically
damaged. If a Power Module is suspected to be faulty,
thoroughly examine the rest of the system for possible
damage.
6. RESISTANCE >1K OHMS BETWEEN M2 AND -B.
Ensure that there is an open-circuit between the M2
and -B Terminals. Internally, there are MOSFET transistors between these terminals that should be highimpedance when the module is unpowered. Place
the Black meter lead on -B, and the Red meter lead
on M2. Note that a measurement of increasing resistance (capacitor charge) is normal, but a persistently
low impedance is not.
Make all measurements with a voltmeter set to resistance
scale (Ohms) (Refer to Section 9 - Figure 9-2., Resistance
Measurement). Disconnect the Main Battery Disconnect
and all cables from the Power Module during this analysis.
Wait 60 seconds after power is disconnected to allow
internal charge to dissipate (risk of hazard, improper readings otherwise).
7. RESISTANCE 120 OHMS BETWEEN PINS 10 &
11.
Ensure that the resistor that terminates the CANbus
is within tolerance between pins 10 and 11 on the 12
position Mini-Fit Jr (Connector "B"). Place the Red
meter lead on pin 10, and the Black meter lead on
pin 11. The resistance should measure between 110
- 130 Ohms.
Power Module Electrical Evaluation
5-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Power Module Diagnostics
The Power Module has the ability to detect many fault scenarios and communicate them to the JLG Analyzer. Useful diagnostic information can also be determined from the
Green LED located on the Power Module.
1. OPEN CIRCUIT LINE CONTACTOR (3-1)
a. The Power Module's Line Contactor Drive Circuitry passed power-up self-tests, but the Line
Contactor did not close when energized.
b. May signal an open-circuit between +B and the
Line Contactor, a faulty Line Contactor, or an
open-circuit between the Line Contactor and the
Power Module +B Terminal.
c. 4 Flashes on Power Module.
b. May indicate that the vehicle is operating in
extremely high ambient temperatures, or a faulty
Power Module.
c. 8 Flashes on Power Module.
6. DRIVING AT CUTBACK -- POWER MODULE CURRENT LIMIT (4-2)
a. The Traction portion of the Power Module has
reached thermal limit. Allow to cool by waiting
for temperature to fall.
b. May indicate that the vehicle is operating on
excessive grades, or there is a drive motor issue
that causes high armature current (brake
applied when driving, short-circuited armature,
etc).
c. 8 Flashes on Power Module.
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
2. CONTACTOR DRIVER PERMANENTLY OFF (3-1)
7. LIFT UP AT CUTBACK -- POWER MODULE CURRENT LIMIT (4-2)
a. The Power Module's Line Contactor Drive Circuitry failed to energize during power-up selftests.
a. The Pump portion of the Power Module has
reached thermal limit. Allow to cool by waiting
for temperature to fall.
b. May indicate a faulty Line Contactor, difficulty
with Line Contactor coil wiring, or a faulty Power
Module.
c. No Flash Code on Power Module.
b. May indicate that the vehicle's lift function is
being used outside duty cycle considerations, or
there is a pump motor issue that causes high
current (worn brushes, worn commutator, etc).
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
c. 8 Flashes on Power Module.
3. LINE CONTACTOR MISWIRED ON OR WELDED
(3-2)
8. BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN (4-4)
a. The Power Module's Line Contactor Drive Circuitry passed power-up self-tests, but the Line
Contactor was closed at power-up or failed to
open when de-energized.
a. Battery Voltage momentarily dropped below
14.5V. With a low battery charge, this can occur
during heavy current demand due to Drive,
Steer, or Lift Up. Recharge batteries or check
for damaged batteries.
b. May indicate a faulty Line Contactor, difficulty
with Line Contactor coil wiring, or difficulty with
power wiring.
b. May indicate low battery charge, a battery
charger issue, or a power wiring issue.
c. 4 Flashes on Power Module.
c. 7 Flashes on Power Module.
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
4. CONTACTOR DRIVER PERMANENTLY ON (3-2)
a. The Power Module's Line Contactor Drive Circuitry failed to de-energize during power-up selftests.
b. May indicate difficulty with Line Contactor coil
wiring, or a faulty Power Module.
c. No Flash Code on Power Module.
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
5. POWER MODULE TOO HOT - PLEASE WAIT (4-2)
a. The Power Module for Drive, Steer, and Lift Up
has reached thermal cutout. Allow to cool by
powering down.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9. BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN (4-4)
a. The Power Module momentarily measured
excessively high Battery Voltage (>37.0V) and
the Ground Module de-energized the Ignition
Relay to protect system devices. This may be
due to improper battery charging or incorrect
voltage batteries being used.
b. May indicate a battery charger issue, wrong battery type is installed, or a faulty Power Module.
c. 7 Flashes on Power Module.
d. Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented.
5-9
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
10. CANBUS FAILURE: POWER MODULE (6-6)
a. The control system failed to receive messages
from the Power Module. Check wiring at the
Ground Control Box and Power Module. Recycle power to clear difficulty.
12. POWER MODULE FAILURE:
RANGE ERROR (9-9)
a. The Power Module detected an out-of-range or
corrupt personality setting.
b. Enter Access Level 1 on the JLG Analyzer, reselect Model, and cycle EMS after 5 seconds.
May indicate a Power Module issue if it cannot
be reset.
b. May indicate harness difficulty or a faulty Power
Module.
c. Resistance between CANH (Power Module Pin
10) and CANL (Power Module Pin 11) should be
60 ohms (+/- 5%) with the Power Module connected.
d. Resistance between Power Module Pins 10 and
11 (harness disconnected) should be 120 ohms
(+/- 5%).
c. 1 Flash on Power Module.
13. POWER MODULE FAILURE: INTERNAL ERROR
(9-9)
a. The Power Module detected an internal error via
self-test.
b. May indicate that the Line Contactor Coil is
Open-Circuit in Power Module's prior to V1.10, a
Power Wiring Issue, or a faulty Power Module.
e. 10 Flashes on Power Module.
f. Drive, Steer, & Lift Up Prevented.
c. 11 Flashes on Power Module.
11. OPEN-CIRCUIT DRIVE MOTOR WIRING (7-7)
a. The Power Module detected an error in the
Power Wiring (M1, M2, F1 & F2 Terminals) for
the Drive Motors. Check power wiring and recycle power to clear difficulty. Alternately, there
may be an issue (open field, armature, or brush)
with one of the Drive Motors.
14. POWER MODULE FAILURE: CHECK POWER
CIRCUITS OR MOSFET SHORT CIRCUIT (9-9)
b. May indicate field wiring or winding issues.
c. 5 Flashes on Power Module.
d. Drive & Steer Prevented.
5-10
PERSONALITY
a. The Power Module detected an error in the
Power Wiring for the Drive or Pump. Alternately,
the Power Module has failed a self-test.
b. 3 Flashes on Power Module may indicate a
Short-Circuit in the Armature Wiring or a faulty
Power Module.
c. No Flashes on Power Module may indicate a
faulty Power Module.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.5 POWER MODULE - P/N-1001092456
ZAPI POWER MODULE
P/N - 1001092456
Figure 5-5. ZAPI Power Module Location
1. Turn machine power off and disconnect the batteries.
1230ES SCISSORS BUILT STARTING IN MID YEAR 2010
REPLACED THE SEVCON POWER MODULE (P/N-1600473) WITH
THE ZAPI POWER MODULE (P/N-1001092456).
Table 5-1. ZAPI Power Module Specs
2. Locate and remove the power module from the
machine.
3. Note the wire terminal locations when removing the
old power module.
Operating Voltage ( B+)
14.5 to 40 VDC
Maximum Current Limits:
Armature
Field
Pump
4. Disconnect all wire connectors and cables from the
old power module and remove it from the machine.
300 A
40 A
180 A
5. When installing the new power module, be sure that
the terminals are oriented as shown in Figure 5-5.
Standby Current
6. After installing the new power module, begin connecting the wire connectors/cables to the module,
refer to Figure 5-2. if necessary.
150 mA
Temperature Range:
Operating
Storage
Thermal Limit
-40°C to 75°C
-40°C to 125°C
75°C to 90°C
Switching Frequency
16 kHz
7. Where noted, torque all terminal bolts to torque
specifications shown on the front of the module.
8. After all connections to the power module are made,
the batteries can be reconnected.
The power module is located inside the left side access
door as shown in Figure 5-5., ZAPI Power Module Location. Use the following instructions when replacing the
power module.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9. Check for normal machine operation.
5-11
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
ZAPI Power Module Electrical Evaluation
"HEALTH"
(STATUS LED)
INTEGRATED HEALTH INDICATOR
The ZAPI Power Module provides a green STATUS LED
that shines through the cover to indicate module "health"
status. The LED shall be illuminated when the device is
powered on. The LED blinks (2Hz) when an internal issue
is detected that cannot be repaired by a technician, this
will trigger replacement of the device.
Table 5-2. Module Terminal Functions
5-12
+ BF1
Controller to Main Line Contactor
+ BF2
Positive Pump Connection
+B
Left and Right Positive Armature (X7)
–B
Controll to Negative Battery
–T
Left and Right Negative Armature (X8)
–P
Negative Pump Connection
F1
To Motor Fields Wired in Series (X9)
F2
LT MFR Field Wires (X10)
P/N - 1001092456
ZAPI Power Module - "HEALTH" (Status LED)
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.6 GROUND CONTROL MODULE - SERVICE
PROCEDURE
NOTE: The Ground Control Station supplied with the ZAPI
Power Module P/N-1001092456 (production start
mid-year 2010) does not require use of the printed
circuit board inside the ground control module.
However box installation and removal instructions
shown are exactly the same as the ground control
box which does contain a printed circuit board and is
used with previous machines supplied with the SEVCON Power Module.
Ground Control Station
2. Remove the four screws where the control cable
enters into the control box.
(See Figure 5-6., Ground Control Station Assembly)
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISASSEMBLE THE GROUND CONTROL
MODULE IF MACHINE IS STILL UNDER WARRANTY. OPENING
THE GROUND CONTROL MODULE WHILE THE MACHINE IS
UNDER WARRANTY WILL VOID THE WARRANTY. IF UNDER
WARRANTY REQUEST A REPLACEMENT MODULE FROM THE
FACTORY.
3. Remove plug and place control box face down on a
suitable work bench..
The Ground Control Module allows for field replacement
of components internal to the module.
Printed Circuit Board (PCB) Replacement
NOTE: Anytime the ground control box is removed the tilt
sensor must be recalibrated. Refer to Section 7.4,
TILT SENSOR CALIBRATION to recalibrate the tilt.
4. Remove the six screws at the back of the ground
control and separate.
5. Pull the pin connectors from the printed circuit
board.
1. Remove the three bolts at the bottom of the ground
control station.
6. Remove the two screws inside the control box that
affix the printed circuit board to the control box.
7. Replace the printed circuit board and reassemble
the ground control box.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-13
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Figure 5-6. Ground Control Station Assembly
1. Rear Cover
2. Battery LED Circuit Board
3. Main Ground Control Circuit Board - (1600473 Drive
Module Only)
4. Front Cover
5. LED Indicator Decal
6. Control Functions Decal
7. Hourmeter
8. Blank Plug
9. Unused
10. Controls/Indicators Mounting Plate
5-14
– JLG Lift –
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Torx Screws - Main Connector (X001)
Torx Screws - Controls/Indicators Mouting Plate
Torx Screws - Rear Cover to Front Cover
Plastite Screws - Main Board to Rear Cover
10 Amp Circuit Breaker
Ground Control - Platform Lift UP/DOWN Switch
Keyswitch - Ground/Platform/OFF Control
Emergency Stop Switch
Tilt Module
Battery LED Indicator Connector Harness (X010)
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Tilt Sensor, JLG P/N 1810140 and 1001114933:
4
1
3
2
1
2
1. Ground Control Station
2. Tilt Sensor (JLG P/N 1810140 or 1001114936)
Figure 5-45. Tilt Sensor Location
Tilt Sensor Removal:
NOTE: Refer to Figure 5-46., Tilt Sensor Removal for numbers in parenthesis.
1. Tilt Sensor (JLG P/N 1810140 or 1001114936)
2. Sensor Mount
1. Disconnect the batteries.
3. Screw, 3.5 x 0.6 x 16 LG
2. Open the Ground Control Station to gain access to
the Tilt Sensor Assembly. (refer to prior mentioned
procedures)
4. Screw, 3.5 x 0.6 x 10 LG
3. Remove the four Screws (3), to remove the Tilt Sensor (1) and Sensor Mount (2) from the Ground Control Box.
4. The Tilt Sensor (1) can be removed from the Sensor
Mount (2) by removing the three Screws (4).
NOTE: Follow the above procedures in reverse order when
installing the tilt sensor assembly. After installing, be
sure to calibrate the tilt sensor (refer to Section 5.2,
Tilt Sensor Calibration).
Figure 5-46. Tilt Sensor Removal
Table 5-3. Tilt Sensor Harness for 1810140
Wire Color
Function
Connector Pin
Red
VCC
1
Green
PWMX
2
White
PWMY
3
Black
Ground
4
Table 5-4. Tilt Sensor Harness for 1001114936
3121222
– JLG Lift –
Wire Color
Function
Connector Pin
Red
VCC
1
White
CANH
2
Green
CANL
3
Black
Ground
4
5-15
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.7
PLATFORM CONTROL STATION - SERVICE INFORMATION
Platform Control Station Assembly
5
2
4
3
4
7
1
6
4
1
Figure 5-7. Platform Control Station Assembly
1.
2.
3.
4.
Assembly Bolts
Nuts
Side Panel
Mounting/Reinforcement Plates
5. Upper Control Box
6. Lower Control Box
7. Upper Control Box Wiring Harness
Upper Control Box - Component Replacement
1. Disconnect the platform control box and remove
from the machine.
2. Place the platform control box on a suitable work
bench.
5-7.)
NOTE: You may have to only loosen the two power bolts and
remove the two closest the top in order to get to the
printed circuit board located in the top of the control
box where the drive/lift select switch is located.
3. Loosen and remove the long through bolts that hold
the two side control housings together. (See Figure
5-16
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
4. Loosen and remove the four (4) screws from the
upper box assembly that hold the cover to the upper
box.
2. Disconnect the two (2) front button switch ribbon
cables from the circuit board.
3. Remove the five (5) screws attaching the printed circuit board to the control box.
4. Replace board and reassemble upper control box.
1
2
2
3
4
3
5
5
3
Upper Control Box Cover - Installation
1. Upper Box Assembly
2. Upper Box Cover
3. Attach Screws
1
6
2
1
Upper Control Box Faceplate Component - Installation
3
1. Upper Control Box Housing
2. Face Plate Attach Screws
3. Face Plate Decal
4. Face Plate - Backing Plate
5. Button Switch
6. Drive/Lift Mode Select Switch
1. Remove the six (6) faceplate attach screws and the
lift/drive mode selector switch attach nut.
2. Carefully lift the faceplate decal and backing plate
out of the upper control box housing.
3. If replacing either of the button switches, the ribbon
cable must be disconnected from the printed circuit
board on the back, if not already done.
4
Upper Control Box Circuit Board - Installation
1. Circuit Board Assembly
2. Board Attach Screws
4. Replace component and reassemble.
3. Upper to Lower Control Box
Harness Connector
4. Front Button Switch to Circuit
Board Ribbon Cables
1. Disconnect the upper to lower box harnness connector from the printed circuit board, and unplug the
lift/drive switch blade terminals.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-17
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Lower Control Box - Component Replacement
Emergency Stop/Shut-Down Switch - Installation
1. Switch Base
2. Switch Button/Barrel
3. Base Release Screw
1. Loosen the release screw, then spin the switch base
if necessary to access the barrel release lever.
Lower Control Box Cover - Installation
1. Lower Control Box Cover
4. Barrel Release Lever
5. Switch
2. Attach Screws
1. Remove the four (4) attach screws and remove the
cover from the other half.
2. Pull the barrel release lever straight out with the
blade of a screwdriver and pull barrel out of the
switch base from the front of the control box.
3. Reverse steps to install.
NOTE: Note wiring connections and routing when taking
apart.
Joystick Control - Installation
1. Joystick Assembly
2. Attach Screws
5-18
– JLG Lift –
3. Lower Control Box
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.8 BATTERY/BATTERY CHARGER
Battery Maintenance and Safety Practices
JLG MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH DELTA Q BATTERY CHARGERS
ARE DESIGNED FOR THE BEST PERFORMANCE WITH OEM FACTORY APPROVED BATTERIES.
ENSURE THAT BATTERY ACID DOES NOT COME INTO CONTACT
WITH SKIN OR CLOTHING. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND
EYEWEAR WHEN WORKING WITH BATTERIES. NEUTRALIZE ANY
BATTERY ACID SPILLS WITH BAKING SODA AND WATER.
APPROVED JLG REPLACEMENT BATTERIES ARE AVAILABLE
THROUGH JLG' S AFTERMARKET PARTS DISTRIBUTION CENTERS OR JLG' S AFTERMARKET PROGRAMS. FOR ASSISTANCE
WITH PROPER BATTERY REPLACEMENT, PLEASE CONTACT
YOUR LOCAL JLG SUPPORT OFFICE.
BATTERY ACID RELEASES AN EXPLOSIVE GAS WHILE CHARGING, ALLOW NO OPEN FLAMES, SPARKS OR LIGHTED TOBACCO
PRODUCTS IN THE AREA WHILE CHARGING BATTERIES.
CHARGE BATTERIES ONLY IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA.
BATTERIES APPROVED BY JLG HAVE BEEN TESTED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH THE ALGORITHM PROGRAMMING OF THE
DELTA Q BATTERY CHARGER TO OPTIMIZE BATTERY LIFE AND
MACHINE CYCLE TIMES. THE USE OF NON APPROVED BATTERIES IN YOUR JLG EQUIPMENT MAY RESULT IN PERFORMANCE
ISSUES OR BATTERY CHARGER FAULT CODES. JLG ASSUMES
NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR SERVICE OR PERFORMANCE ISSUES
ARISING FROM THE USE OF NON APPROVED BATTERIES.
BEFORE REMOVING ANY COMPONENT FROM THE ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM, DISCONNECT THE BATTERIES USING THE QUICK-DISCONNECT LOCATED ON THE RIGHT SIDE BATTERIES.
ADD ONLY DISTILLED WATER TO BATTERIES. WHEN ADDING
WATER TO THE BATTERIES, A NON-METALLIC CONTAINER AND/
OR FUNNEL MUST BE USED.
DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY, SUCH AS
BATTERIES, WITH ITEMS OF DIFFERENT WEIGHT OR SPECIFICATION. DO NOT MODIFY UNIT IN ANY WAY TO AFFECT STABILITY.
Check the electrolyte level of the batteries often, adding
only distilled water when required. When fully charged,
battery fluid level should be 1/8" below vent tubes. (See
Figure 5-8.).
• DO NOT fill to bottom of vent tubes.
• DO NOT allow fluid level to go below the top of the
plates when charging or operating.
BATTERY
FILLER CAP
FLUID LEVEL OF FULLY
CHARGED BATTERY
VENT TUBE
1/8 "
PLATES
Figure 5-8. Battery Fluid Level.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-19
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.9 BATTERY CHARGER - INSTALLATION
Battery Installation
The battery charger is located in the compartment at the
rear of the machine, remove the charger/step-plate cover
to gain access to the charger.
2
3
4
5
6
1
Left Side Battery Installation
1. Batteries
2. Bolt
3. Hold Down Clamp
4. Washer
5. Locking Nut
6. Attach Battery Temperature
Sensor To This Terminal
Battery Charger Assembly - Installation
1. Battery Charger Assembly
2. Attach Screws/Washers
3. AC Voltage - Input Cable
4. LED/Power/Interlock Cables
Right Side Battery Installation
1. Batteries
2. Bolt
3. Hold Down Clamp
4. Washer
5. Locking Nut
See Section-1 of this manual for battery specifications.
5-20
LED/Power/Interlock Cable - Identification
1. Charger Interlock Cable
2. DC Power Cable to Batteries
– JLG Lift –
3. LED Indicator, Battery
Temp. Sensor Cable
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
BATTERY CHARGER
Battery Charger Troubleshooting
SPECIFICATION
No Lights at all
OUTPUT
Nominal DC Output Voltage
24V
No Lights at all indicate that AC power to the charger is
not connected or that the AC voltage is too low. It could
also indicate an internal failure in the charger.
Maximum DC Output Voltage
33.6V
Maximum DC Output Current
25A
Maximum Interlock Current
1A
1. Check the connections to AC power. Check for AC
voltage between 90 and 260 VAC at the charger.
AC Input Voltage
85-265VAC
Nominal AC Input Voltage
120VAC - 230VAC RMS
2. If the AC voltage is verified to be correct at the connection to the charger, and the charger still displays
no lights at all, return the charger for service.
AC Input Frequency
45-65 HZ
Maximum AC Input Current
12A [email protected]
INPUT
FAULT LED Flashing
The Fault LED flashes to indicate the micro-controller
inside the battery charger has detected a fault. The fault
detected is indicated by the number of flashes. Count the
number of flashes to determine the fault.
OPERATION
Charging Indicator
Yellow LED
100% Charge Indicator
Green LED
Fault Indicator
Red LED
With any battery system, the most common problem will
be a faulty battery connection. Because of the high likelihood of a battery connection problem, it is always worthwhile to confirm that all connections are good before
checking for any other problems.
PROTECTION
Output Reverse Polarity
Electronic Protection - Automatic Reset
Output Short Circuit
Electronic Protection - Automatic Reset
AC Overload
Current Limited
DC Overload
Current Limited
[1 Flash] - High Battery Voltage
1. Indicates a high battery voltage. Check that the battery charger voltage is consistent with the battery
pack voltage. The first two digits of the four digit
model name indicate the battery voltage the charger
supports.
MECHANICAL
2. Check for wiring errors.
Operating Temperature
–22°F to +122°F
(–30°C to +50°C)
Housing
Shock and Water Resistant Aluminum
3. This fault will automatically clear and the charger will
restart charging when this problem is removed.
4. High battery voltage could also occur if there is
another source charging the battery. Disconnect any
other sources during charging.
Also see Section 8 - Electrical Schematics for more
detailed electrical connection information.
5. If this problem does not clear after the battery voltage is confirmed to be less than 2.4V per cell, return
the charger for service.
[2 Flashes] - Low Battery Voltage
1. Indicates either a battery failure, no battery connected, or a lower than expected battery voltage.
Check the battery and battery connections.
2. Check the nominal battery voltage. The first two digits of the four digit model name indicate the battery
voltage the charger supports. Confirm that a nominal battery voltage is the same as the charger voltage.
3. This fault will clear automatically when the low battery voltage problem is rectified.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-21
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
4. If this problem does not clear after the battery voltage is confirmed to be higher than 1.0V per cell and
all connections are good, return the charger for service.
[5 Flashes] - Over Temperature
This fault indicates the charger has become too hot during
operation. Though not damaging to the charger, charge
time will be extended significantly.
[3 Flashes] - Charge Time-out
1. This fault indication will not clear automatically, but
the charger will restart charging automatically when
the temperature drops. The fault indication must be
cleared manually by unplugging the AC, waiting 30
seconds and reconnecting the AC power.
Indicates the battery failed to charge within the allowed
time. This could occur if the battery is of larger capacity
than the algorithm is intended for. In unusual cases it
could mean charger output is reduced due to high ambient temperature. It can also occur if the battery is damaged, old, or in poor condition.
2. If possible, move the machine to a cooler location.
3. Confirm that dirt or mud is not blocking the cooling
fins of the charger. Clean the charger. Rinse the
charger with a low pressure hose if required. Do no
use high pressure. Do not us a pressure washer.
1. Check the battery for damage such as shorted cells
and insufficient water. Try the charger on a good battery.
2. If the same fault occurs on a good battery, check the
connections on the battery and connection to AC,
and the AC voltage itself.
3. Confirm that the nominal battery pack voltage is the
same as the battery charger voltage.
4. This fault must be cleared manually by unplugging
the AC, waiting 30 seconds and reconnecting the
AC power.
[6 Flashes] - Over Load/Over Temperature
This fault indicates that the batteries will not accept charge
current, or an internal fault has been detected in the
charger. This fault will nearly always be set within the first
30 seconds of operation. If it occurs after the charger has
started charging normally, be sure to make a note of it.
5. If a charger displays this fault on a battery pack, and
the pack is of questionable status, reset the charger
by disconnecting AC for 30 seconds, and then
reconnect the AC to start a new charge cycle. After a
few charge cycles, this problem could stop occurring as the pack "recovers."
[4 Flashes] - Check Battery
This fault indicates the battery pack could not be trickle
charged up to the minimum level required for the normal
charge cycle to be started.
1. Check that none of the battery pack connections
between modules are reversed or incorrectly connected.
2. Check that one or more cells in the battery are no
shorted.
3. Confirm that the nominal battery pack voltage is the
same as the battery charger voltage.
4. Try the charger on a good battery.
1. Remove excessive AC loads from inverter if
installed.
2. Try to clear the fault by unplugging the AC, waiting
30 seconds and reconnecting the ac power.
3. Check all battery connections. Look for a high resistance connection.The most likely reason for this fault
is a fault in the battery such as a bad battery connection, an open cell, or insufficient water.
4. This fault will occur if an internal fuse inside the
charger blows. If the green wire is shorted to ground
even momentarily, this fuse will blow. To check the
fuse, measure with an ohmmeter between the green
and red wires with the AC disconnected. If a short
circuit is not measured, the fuse has blown. Return
unit to a service depot to have this fuse replaced.
5. If this fault occurs after battery charging has started,
confirm that AC power was not interrupted and that
all battery connections are good.
6. If all battery connections are good, an internal fault
has been detected and the charger must be brought
to a qualified service depot.
5. If this fault occurs, the battery is likely in poor condition. Try to recover the pack with a charger that can
charge the individual cells - such as an automotive
charger. Be sure to set this charger to the appropriate voltage - 6V per 6V battery, 12V per 12V string/
battery.
5-22
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
Excessive Battery Watering Requirements or
Strong Sulphur (Rotten Egg) Smell
These symptoms indicate over-charging or high battery
temperature. These symptoms are unlikely to be caused
by too high a charge current since the maximum charge
current of the charger will be small compared to even a
moderately sized battery pack. The most likely cause for
this problem is incorrect charge algorithm setting and/or
high ambient temperatures.
desired Algorithm is displayed, touch the charger
connector to the battery positive terminal until the
output relay makes a clicking noise (approx. 10 seconds). The algorithm is now in the permanent memory.
3. Remove the AC power from the charger and reconnect the charger’s positive connector to the battery.
It is recommended to check a newly changed algorithm by repeating the above steps 1 and 3.
1. Confirm that the battery pack is not too small - usually > 50Ah.
2. Confirm that the nominal battery voltage matches
the charger output voltage.
3. Confirm the correct battery charge algorithm. If the
battery pack is new, the algorithm will need to be
changed if the pack is not the same as the old one.
for instructions on how to determine and change the
battery charge algorithm see the following sub-section.
4. If the output voltage of the charger seems excessive,
return the charger for service. Contact JLG to get the
expected battery voltage settings for the charger in
question. Be sure to have the charger’s serial number and charge algorithm setting available when
calling.
Checking/Changing the Battery Charge Algorithm
The charger is pre-loaded with programming algorithms
for the specific batteries detailed in Table 5-5, Battery
Algorithms. Contact JLG if your specific battery model is
not listed.
Each time AC power is applied with the battery pack not
connected, the charger enters an algorithm select/display
mode for approximately 11 seconds. During this time, the
current Algorithm # is indicated on the Yellow Charging
LED. A single digit Algorithm # is indicated by the number
of blinks separated by a pause. A two digit Algorithm # is
indicated by the number of blinks for the first digit followed
by a short pause, then the number of blinks for the second
digit followed by a longer pause.
Table 5-5. Battery Algorithms
Algorithm #
Battery Type
43
Harris Battery Discover EVGGC6A-A
35
JLG P/N 0400242
23
Douglas Flooded (JLG default)
GES Battery A1055
Trojan T105
East Penn GC-110-WNL
Trojan T105 PLUS
Champion CHGC2 GC2
US BATT EV-145-WNL
US BATT 2200 XC
8
Concorde 10xAh AGM
7
J305 DV/DT CP
6
DEKA 8G31 Gel
5
Trojan 30/31XHS
4
US Battery USB2200
3
T105 DV/DT CP
2
Trojan T105 tapped
1
Trojan T105
To check / change the charging algorithm:
1. Disconnect the charger positive connector from the
battery pack. Apply AC power and after the LED test,
the Algorithm # will display for 11 seconds.
2. To change the algorithm, touch the connector to the
battery’s positive terminal for 3 seconds during the
11 second display period and then remove. The
Algorithm # will advance after 3 seconds. Repeat
this procedure until the desired Algorithm # is displayed. A 30 second timeout is extended for every
increment. Incrementing beyond the last Algorithm
will recycle back to the first Algorithm. When the
3121222
– JLG Lift –
5-23
SECTION 5 - CONTROL COMPONENTS
5.10 BATTERY CHARGER/INVERTER (OPTION)
- INSTALLATION
The battery charger-AC-inverter is located in the compartment at the rear of the machine, remove the charger/stepplate cover to gain access to the charger.
BATTERY CHARGER/AC INVERTER
SPECIFICATION
AC INVERTER - SPECS
Output Power (Continuous)
1000 W
Output Power (Surge)
3000 W
AC Output Current
36 A
AC Output Voltage
115 to 125 VAC
Output Frequency
60 Hz
DC Input Voltage
21.2 to 29 VDC
Remote ON/OFF
Yes
CHARGER - SPECS
Nominal DC Output Voltage
28 VDC
Maximum DC Output Voltage
33 VDC
Maximum DC Output Current
23 to 27 ADC
Required Interlock Current
1A
Input Voltage (AC)
100 to 130 VAC
Nominal Input Voltage (AC)
120 VAC
Input Frequency
54 to 66 Hz
OPERATION
Battery Charger/Inverter Assembly - Installation
1. Charger/Inverter Assembly
2. Insulate Mounting Pad
3. Attach Screws (a)
4. Nylon Shoulder Washers
Charging Indicator
Yellow LED
100% Charge Indicator
Green LED
Fault Indicator
Red LED
PROTECTION
Note: (a) On final assembly apply Loctite #242 to screw threads
Output Reverse DC Polarity
125 A Replaceable Fuse
Output AC Short Circuit
Electronic Protection Automatic Reset
AC Overload
20 A Internal Slow Blow
Charger Fuse
DC Overload
Voltage Limited - Internally
Controlled
MECHANICAL
Operating Temperature
–40°F to +185°F
(–40°C to +85°C)
Housing
Shock and Water Resistant
Aluminum
For further specification and troubleshooting information
refer to the manufacturers’ Charger/Inverter Owner’s
Guide shipped with the machine. Publication - RM1024JLG - Part # 3128406.
LED/Power/Interlock Cable - Identification
1. AC Output Connector
2. AC Input Connector
3. Remote On/Off Switch Cable
5-24
4. External DC Fuse Location
5. DC (–) Connection
6. DC (+) Connection
Also see Section 8 - Figure 9-20., Battery Charger/Inverter
Electrical Connection Schematic for more detailed connection information.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
SECTION 6. MAST COMPONENTS
6.1 MAST COMPONENTS OVERVIEW
Figure 6-1. Mast Components.
1. Platform Assembly
2. Tool Tray
3. Mast Cover Plate
3121222
4. Mast Assembly
5. AC Power Receptacle
6. Manual Storage Box
– JLG Lift –
6-1
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
6.2 PLATFORM TOOL TRAY - INSTALLATION
6.4 PLATFORM AC RECEPTACLE BOX INSTALLATION
Platform Tool Tray - Installation
1. Tool Tray
AC Receptacle Box - Installation
2. Attach Screws (a)
1. AC Voltage - Receptacle
Box Components
2. Attach Screws
Note: (a) Do not use a screw with the threaded portion longer
than 1/2 in. (12mm) when attaching to the side of the
mast.
6.3 MAST COVER PLATE - INSTALLATION
3. Platform/Mast Assembly
Note: (See AC POWER RECEPTACLES AND WIRING (PLATFORM) - CE SPEC MACHINES ONLY on page 9-38) for
receptacle wiring connections of available AC plug types.
Mast Cover Plate Installation
1. Mast Cover Plate
2. Rivet Nuts
6-2
3. Top of Mast Assembly
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
6.5 MAST ASSEMBLY - COMPONENTS
Figure 6-3. Mast Assembly - Orientation (Top View)
1. Front of Machine
2. Rear of Machine
3. Platform/Outer Mast
Section
4. Outer Mid Mast Section
5. Inner Mid Mast Section
6. Mount/Inner Mast Section
Note: (a) Always mount slide pads with the groove oriented to
the side of the mast not the front or rear, for clearance of
the pad mounting rivets during operation.
The slide pads are available in two thicknesses:
JLG P/N-1001092165 - 9,7mm thick - round notch on ends
JLG P/N - 4700042 - 8,7mm thick - NO round notch on end
Always use the 1001092165 slide pad unless mast tube
clearances prevent installation.
Figure 6-2. Mast Assembly - Components
(Mast shown cutaway for illustrative purposes only)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. Hydraulic Cylinder Compartment
8. Power-Trak Compartment
9. Cylinder #1 Bleeder Valve
10. Cylinder #2 Bleeder Valve
11. Cylinder #3 Bleeder Valve
12. Corner Slide Pads (a)
Platform/Outer Mast Section 7. Hydraulic Cylinder #3
Outer Mid Mast Section
8. Top (External) Slide Pads
Inner Mid Mast Section
9. Power-Trak System
Mount/Inner Mast Section
10. Power-Trak Guide
Hydraulic Cylinder #1
11. Power-Trak Shield Assy.
Hydraulic Cylinder #2
12. Bottom (Internal) Slide Pads
3121222
– JLG Lift –
6-3
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
6.6 PLATFORM ASSEMBLY
This procedure shows the platform assembly (only)
removal/installation to the mast assembly. The platform
and outer mast section are a one piece manufactured
weldment.
Platform - Extending Mast Unpowered
IF LIFT IS DISABLED AND THE MAST CANNOT BE EXTENDED
UNDER THE MACHINE’S OWN POWER, THE PLATFORM MUST BE
HOISTED OR LIFTED BY OTHER MEANS - LIFT PER ILLUSTRATION BELOW - BEFORE EXTENDING THE MAST, PRESS AND
HOLD THE MANUAL DESCENT VALVE BUTTON ON THE FRONT
OF THE MACHINE - WHEN DESIRED PLATFORM HEIGHT IS
REACHED, RELEASE THE MANUAL DESCENT VALVE.
Platform Removal
1. Extend the mast and raise the platform far enough
out of the base assembly to allow access to the slide
pads on the bottom corners of the outer mast section, but not to high that you cannot easily get to the
top of the mast to work on it.
2. Support platform for later liting, with either an overhead crane or a fork truck attaching a lifting strap to
remove the platform once the following steps are
completed. (See Figure 6-5.)
3. Disconnect machine power at the right side battery
tray using the quick disconnect.
4. At the four bottom corners of the outer mast section,
remove the pop rivets securing each slide pad to the
mast section. (See Figure 6-5.) - Item 1. Two (2) rivets per slide pad. The pads may not slide out of the
mast section until the platform is lifted later and the
upper slide pads on outer-mid section pushes them
out.
5. Disconnect the platform control box main harness
connector from the bottom of the platform control
box and allow to hang loose for now. Remove the
platform control box from the platform.
6. Remove the AC outlet receptacle box from the outside of the outer mast section. Allow the receptacle
box to hang loose for now.
7. Remove the screws holding the cover plate consealing the cables for the receptacle box and platform
box to the right side of the mast.
8. At the top of the mast, (See Figure 6-5.) - Item 2) the
cylinder rod for hydraulic cylinder #3 is attached to
platform mast section cross support with a bolt and
nut through a detent on the side of the rod. Remove
the locking nut from the hex head bolt holding the
cylinder rod in place to the mast cross support.
Remove the bolt from the cross support. It may be
necessary to lift or lower slightly on the platform
assembly with the lifting strap to remove the bolt.
9. Also at the top of the mast opening, (See Figure 6-5.)
- Item 3) remove the two (2) bolts and nuts attaching
the power-trak cable guide to the platform rail for the
AC receptacle and platform control station electrical
cables.
Figure 6-4. Extending Mast Unpowered
1. Sling Position -1
2. Sling Position - 2
6-4
3. Lifting Ring/Hook
4. Manual Descent Valve Location
NOTE: It may be necessary to pull down or push up on the
rear of the platform to keep the platform level while
lifting it off of the mast assembly.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Figure 6-5. Platform to Mast - Installation
1. Platform Outer Mast Section - Lower Slide Pad Location
2. Lift Cylinder #3 - Attach Bolt and Nut Location
10. While feeding the electric harness cables for both
the AC receptacle box and the platform control station into the top of the mast, carefully start to lift the
platform sliding it up off of the mast assembly. Once
clear of the mast assembly, move to a suitable area
for later assembly.
3121222
3. Power-Trak Guide Plate Attach Bolts and Nuts
Platform Installation
– JLG Lift –
1. Using an overhead crane with lifting strap, lift the
platform assembly up over the main mast assembly.
2. Before lowering the platform assembly onto the
mast, be certain the electrical cables for the AC
receptacle box and platform control station are
within the top of the mast assembly to prevent damage to the cables.
6-5
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
NOTE: It may be necessary to pull down or push up on the
rear of the platform to keep the platform level while
lifting it off of the mast assembly.
3. Lower the platform assembly approximately half way
down the mast, then reinstall the slide pads at the
bottom corners of the platform mast section. (See
Figure 6-5.) - Item 1.
6.7 MAST ASSEMBLY
It is recommended that the platform assembly be
removed (See Section 6.6) before removing the mast
assembly separately.
4. Continue to lower the platform assembly, at the top
of the mast guide the cylinder rod of hydraulic cylinder #3 into the cross support located at the top of
the platform assembly mast section. Install the
detent bolt and nut, tighten securely. (See Figure 65.) - Item 2.
5. Pull the electrical harness cables out through the top
of the platform mast section and lay over the right
side of the mast.
6. Reattach the power-trak cable guide using the two
(2) bolts and nuts to the lug at the top of the platform
mast section. (See Figure 6-5.) - Item 2.
7. Route the electrical cables down the right side of the
mast section and reinstall the metal cable cover
using the two (2) screws previously removed.
8. Reattach the AC receptacle box to the side of the
mast and install the platform control box to the platform control box mounting plate. Attach the platform
control box - cable harness to the bottom of the control box.
9. Reconnect machine power at the right side batteries
quick-disconnect connector.
10. Power machine up and cycle the mast up and down
a few times, look inside the top of the mast to be certain the power-trak and harness cables are free of
interference and not being pinched in any way.
11. If operation is OK, reinstall the mast section top
cover.
Figure 6-6. Mast - Installation
(Front of frame shown cutaway for illustrative purposes only)
1. Mast Assembly
6-6
– JLG Lift –
2. Fastening Hardware
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Mast Removal
NOTE: To ease removal and installation of the mast assembly it is recommended that the complete machine be
elevated on suitable stands to allow easy access to
the mounting bolts on the base of the mast assembly.
3
1. Lower the mast assembly completely before beginning the mast removal process to ensure no residual
pressure remains in the lift cylinder.
2. Attach an overhead crane by strap through the cross
supports on the top of mast sections.
1
2
Figure 6-8. Power-Trak - Removal
1. Attach Screws
2. Power-Trak Hanger
Bracket (a)
3. Power-Trak Guide (b)
4. Hyd. Cyl. #1 Bleeder Valve
Note: (a) Remove hanger bracket from slot in mast and push
down into the mast.
(b) If platform has already been removed this will be
hanging loose.
4. If removing the power-trak from the mast use the following steps; (See illustration above)
Figure 6-7. Mast Base Mounting Hardware
(Front of frame shown cutaway for illustrative purposes only)
1. Mast Assembly
2. Fastening Hardware
a. Remove the attach screws from the power-trak
guide bracket.
3. 20 Ga. (.0359 in.)Mounting Shim
b. Push the power track and cables down into the
mast past the hanger bracket slot in the side of
the mast.
3. Remove the four (4) bolts, nuts, washers, and shims
from the base mount of the mast. Access the bolts
and nuts through the access holes in the bottom
and front of the base frame.
NOTE: Before removing the mast off the machine, you must
decide which way you want to disconnect the harness cables to the AC receptacle box and platform
control box running through the power-trak in the
mast.
You can either disconnect the cables from their
source at the rear of the machine in the charger
compartment and free the cables through to the front
of the machine so the cables come out with the
mast.
Or disconnect the power-trak from the top of the
mast and allow it slide out through the bottom of the
mast as it is lifted off of the machine. This method
also requires the AC receptacle box and the platform
control box cable to be disconnected and feed down
through the mast with the power-trak.
3121222
5. At the top of the mast, carefully open the bleeder
valve on the top of the main hydraulic cylinder #1
attached to the base frame.
NOTE: While lifting the mast assembly out of the frame,
hydraulic cylinder #1 will still be attached to the base
frame, lift slowly straight up ONLY, do not attempt to
lift on an angle or the hydraulic cylinder may be damaged.
NOTE: Also when lifting the mast assembly, if you detached
the power-trak from the top of the mast it will need to
be lowered out the bottom of the mast as the mast is
lifted upwards.
– JLG Lift –
6. Carefully lift the mast assembly up out of the frame
far enough to gain access to the wire harness connector for the lift down selenoid, and the hydraulic
lines connected to hydraulic cylinder #1, still
attached to the base frame.
6-7
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Mast Disassembly
Figure 6-9. Hydraulic Cylinder Connections - Removal
1. Lift Down Valve Selenoid
Harness
2. Extend and Return Hydraulic Lines (a)
Note: (a) Open hydraulic lines carefully, have a container ready
to catch draining oil, cap ports and lines immediately once
lines are removed.
Figure 6-11. Hydraulic Cylinder Top End Bolts - Removal
1. Cylinder #1 Attach Bolt/
Nut
7. Disconnect the wire harness connector from the lift
down valve selenoid. Disconnect and cap the
extend and return hydraulic lines on the bottom of
hydraulic cylinder #1.
Figure 6-10. Hydraulic Cylinder Bottom End Bolts - Removal
1. Cylinder Attach Bolts
2. Hydraulic Cylinder #3
9. Lift the mast assembly free of the frame, place on a
suitable workbench for disassembly.
6-8
1. At the top of the mast, remove the bolts and nuts
attaching the cylinder rods for cylinder #1 and #2 to
their cylinder anchor cross bars.
Figure 6-12. Hydraulic Cylinder - Removal
1. Multi-stage Hydraulic Cylinder Assembly
8. Remove the two (2) bolts attaching hydraulic cylinder #1 to the underside of the base frame.
– JLG Lift –
2. Cylinder #2 Attach Bolt/
Nut
2. Lifting Strap
2. Using suitable lifting equipment and strap, slide the
cylinder assembly out the bottom of the mast
assembly, place on a suitable workbench.
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Mast - Reassembly
(Refer to the Mast Disassembly illustrations when required)
3
1. If required, assemble the external slide pads to the
top of the outer-mid, inner-mid and mount/inner
mast section. Orient the groove in the pads to the
side of the mast and attach with the proper rivets
from the inside of the mast. (See Figure 6-3.)
1
2
Figure 6-13. Power-Trak - Removal
1. Attach Screws
3. Power-Trak Guide
2. Power-Trak Hanger Bracket (a)
Note: (a) Remove bracket from slot in mast and remove power-trak
harness from the mast.
NOTE: Always mount slide pads with the groove oriented to
the side of the mast not the front or rear, for clearance of the pad mounting rivets during operation.(See Figure 6-3.)
The slide pads are available in two thicknesses:
JLG P/N-1001092165 - (9,7 mm thick) - round notch
on ends
JLG P/N - 4700042 - (8,7 mm thick) - NO round
notch on end
Always use the 1001092165 slide pad unless mast
tube clearances prevent installation.
3. If the power-trak assembly was left attached to the
the mast assembly, to remove it now, remove the
two (2) screws attaching the power-trak guide to the
mounting lug at the top of the mast. Slide the hanger
bracket out of the slot in the front of the mast section. Now slide the complete power-trak assembly
with cables out of the top of the mast assembly.
2. Slide the inner-mid and the mount/inner mast sections into the outer-mid mast section. Allow the
mounting holes for the bottom slide pads of the
inner-mid mast section to be exposed. (See Figure
6-14.)
3. Push the bottom slide pads into the bottom of the
outer-mid and the inner-mid mast sections, mount
with the groove in the pad towards the side of the
mast. Attach with the proper rivets. (See Figure 614.)
Figure 6-14. Mast Sections - Disassembly
1. Outer-Mid Mast Section
4. Slide Pads
2. Inner-Mid Mast Section
5. Pad Attach Rivets
3. Mount/Inner Mast Section
4. To remove the mast sections from each other, slide
the mast sections apart until the rivets attaching the
slide pads to the bottom corners of the mast sections are exposed. Remove the rivets from the slide
pads on the mast sections you want to remove at
the bottom of the outer-mid and inner-mid mast sections, then slide the mast section out the bottom.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
Power-Trak Shield - Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-Trak Cable
Power-Trak Guide
Power-Trak Assy.
Tie Strap
5. Shield Mounting Bolts
6. Mounting Nuts
7. Power-Trak Shield Assy.
6-9
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
4. Slide the inner-mid and the mount/inner mast sections into the outer-mid mast section.
Mast Installation
1. Move the mast assembly near the machines base
frame. At the top of the mast assembly attach a lifting strap and lift the mast assembly into a vertical
position.
5. At the top of the mast assembly, install the powertrak assembly into the power-trak compartment of
the mount/inner mast section. (See Figure 6-13.)
6. Attach the power-trak hanger bracket to the mount/
inner mast section. (See Figure 6-13.)
2. Open the bleeder valve at the top of hydraulic cylinder #1, then pull the cylinder rod out the bottom of
the cylinder approximately 2 ft. (61cm).
7. Slide the multi-stage hydraulic cylinder into the
hydraulic cylinder compartment of the mast assembly. (See Figure 6-12.)
3. Carefully lift the mast assembly over the machine
and center it into the opening where the mast is
mounted on the machine.
8. Attach the cylinder rod of cylinder #1 and 2 into their
anchor cross bars at the top of the mast assembly.
Secure using the proper bolt and nut assembly. (See
Figure 6-11.)
4. If the power-trak assembly harness was left attached
to the base frame when the mast was removed, lift it
off the base frame and hold it vertically. As the mast
assembly is lowered take the top end of the powertrak assembly and feed it into the power-trak compartment on the front side of the mast assembly.
5. Lower mast assembly down or pull cylinder rod out
of cylinder #1 and align the holes in the bottom of
the rod assembly with the holes in the base frame.
Secure using the proper bolts, apply Loctite #242 to
the threads of the rod attach bolts on final assembly.
(See Figure 6-10.)
6. Re-connect the lift down valve harness connector to
the lift down valve mounted on the front of the cylinder rod assembly.
7. Re-connect the extend and return lines to the back
of the cylinder rod assembly. (See Figure 6-9.)
8. Carefully lower the mast assembly, while lowering
feed the power-trak assembly into the mast and lift
the power-trak assembly till it is completely over top
of the lift down valve assembly. (See Figure 6-2.)
Hydraulic Cylinder - lnstallation
1. Tool (Simular/Fabricate)
2. Detent in Cylinder Rod
3. Rod Anchor Brackets
9. Feed the control cables through the notch in the baffle plate inside the mast. Install the P-clamp onto the
control cables for attachment to the right-rear mast
mounting bolt.
10. Continue to lower the mast until the holes in the
mount/inner mast section mounting plates are
aligned with the holes in the base frame mounting
plates. (See Figure 6-7.) Check the side to side play
between the mast mount and the frame mount, shim
equally to both sides until side to side play is
removed. Install the mast mounting bolts, nuts, and
washers, with the nuts inboard.
6-10
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
11. Before tightening the mast mounting bolts/nuts,
check mast for vertical front/rear and left/right
plumb. Per following table:
Plumb, maximum - Front/Rear
Plumb, maximum - Left/Right
3 in. (76mm)
2 in. (50mm)
Multi-Stage Hydraulic Cylinder - Cylinder Bleeding
Procedure
THE THREE STAGE CYLINDER MUST BE BLED IN THE
SEQUENCE OF CYL. #1, THEN CYL. #2, THEN CYL. #3.
Tighten the mast mounting bolts/nuts to 62 ft. lbs.
(88Nm), in the following sequence:
1. Left Front
2. Right Rear
1. First check that hydraulic oil level is between the
min./max. markings on the side of the pump reservoir.
3. Left Rear
4. Right Front
2. In the platform, if necessary, remove the mast cover
from the top of the mast assembly.
3. Place the proper size 90° angled line wrench on the
bleeder valve of cylinder #1. (See Figure 6-3.) for
orientation of bleeder valves.
4. Attach a plastic tube to the bleeder valve on cylinder
#1, use a tube long enough to hang over the side of
the mast assembly and place the loose end into a
container to catch the hydraulic fluid.
2
5. Power up the machine.
6. Loosen the bleeder valve on the cylinder being bled.
Be certain the other end of the bleeder tube is in the
catch container.
7. Set the platform control station to platform lift mode
and push the joystick to lift the platform. Do not
allow the platform to lift to far off the stowed position,
re-lower and lift again if necessary.
1
8. Watch the bleeder tube, when a constant flow of oil
(no bubbles) is visible, close the bleeder valve.
3
Mast Lower End - Installation
1. Control Cable P-Clamp (a)
2. Route Cable Through Notch
in Mast Baffle Plate
9. Remove the bleeder tube and line wrench and move
to the next cylinder in sequence. Repeat steps 6
through 8 until all three cylinders are bleed.
3. Left-Front Mast Mounting
Bolt (b)
Note: (a) Install clamp between washer and nut of the right-rear
mast mounting bolt.
(b) An extra washer may be required to space the screw
away from the RED manual descent button on the lift cylinder. Torque mast mounting bolts to 62 ft. lbs. (88 Nm),
tighten in an X (cross) tightening pattern.
12. At the top of the mast, if reinstalling the power-trak,
reach down into the power-trak compartment and
pull the power-trak assembly up, attach the hanger
bracket to the top of the mast assembly. (See Figure
6-13.)
10. It is recommended that the platform be cycled up
and down a few full lifts. Then repeat step 1.
11. Finally repeat steps 6 through 10 again then cylinder
bleeding is completed.
Mast Installation Completion
Once mast is installed and properly bled to remove the air
from the hydraulic lift system, wipe off any excess hydraulic oil from accessible surfaces of the mast and hydraulic
cylinder. If necessary, check the lift system hydraulic pressure setting. Cycle the mast up and down a few times then
check at the top and bottom of the mast for any hydraulic
oil leaks.
13. Re-install the platform assembly (See Platform Installation on page 6-5).
3121222
– JLG Lift –
6-11
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
6.8 MULTI-STAGE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER - SERVICING
Refer to Section 3.6, PUMP/LIFT/MAST - Theory of Operation for more detailed information on Hydraulic System.
Overview
The hydraulic cylinder for this machine is a multi-stage - three cylinder design.
Figure 6-15. 1230ES Lift Cylinder Internal Components - Top End
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
6-12
Cyl. #3 - Gland
Cyl. #3 - Wiper Seal
Cyl. #3 - Main Seal
Cyl. #3 - Gland Wire Retaining Ring
Cyl. #3 - Gland O-Ring Seal
Cyl. #1 - End Cap (a)
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
– JLG Lift –
Cyl. #1 - Piston Retaining Ring
Cyl. #1 - Piston
Cyl. #1 - Piston Guide Ring
Cyl. #1 - Piston Damping Spring
Cyl. #1 - Rod Guide/Spacer
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Figure 6-16. 1230ES Lift Cylinder Internal Components - Lower End
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Note: (a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
3121222
Extend Port (a)
Return Port
Proportional Lift Selenoid (b)
Valve Port Block (c)
O-Ring Seal
Cyl. #1 - Rod Wiper Seal
Cyl. #1 - Gland (d)
Cyl. #1 - Main Seal
Cyl. #1 - Gland Wire Retaining Ring
Cyl. #1 - O-Ring Seal
Cylinder Joint
Cyl. #2 and #3 - End Attach Cap (c, d)
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Cyl. #2 - Cap O-Ring Seal
Cyl. #2 - Joint O-Ring Seals
Cyl. #2 - Rod Wiper Seal
Cyl. #2 - Gland (d)
Cyl. #2 - Main Seal
Cyl. #2 - Gland Wire Retaining Ring
Cyl. #2 - O-Ring
Cyl. #3 - Barrel End Cap (e)
Cyl. #3 - Piston Retaining Ring
Cyl. #3 - Piston
Cyl. #3 - Piston Damping Spring
Cyl. #3 - Piston Guide Ring
Small orifice rated at 4 GPM (115 Liters/minute).
The proportional selenoid coil has a 28 ohm rating.
Apply Loctite #242 to the threads of the cylinder rod on final assembly to the valve port block. Torque to 45 ft. lb. (200 Nm).
Removeable.
Fixed Non-Removeable - Welded to cylinder barrel.
– JLG Lift –
6-13
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Cylinder - Disassembly
Cylinder #2 and #3 - Removal from Stack
The following disassembly procedures shows the complete disassembly sequence of the cylinder assembly.
However, your situation may not require complete disassembly, choose which procedures are required to repair
the cylinder assembly for your situation.
DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON
A CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
Removing the Valve Block Assembly
Figure 6-18. Cylinder #2 and #3 Assembly - Removal
1. Rod Attach Cap
2. Cylinder Joint
3. Cyl. #2 and #3 Assembly
1. Using the proper size wrench, (44mm - 1.732")
remove cylinder #2 rod attach cap by turning the
cap counterclockwise to remove.
2. Once the attach cap is removed from cylinder #2
rod, slide the cylinder #2 and #3 assembly out of
the joint sleeve. Move the cylinder #2 and #3
assembly to a suitable workbench for disassembly.
Figure 6-17. Valve Block - Removal
1. Valve Block
2. Cyl. #1 - Cylinder Rod
3. O-Ring Seal
4. Direction for Removing
5. Direction for Installing
PROTECT THE CYLINDER ROD SURFACE. DAMAGE TO THE CYLINDER ROD CHROME FINISH DUE TO SCRATCHING, INDENDATION, CHIPPING OR OTHERWISE WILL CAUSE EVENTUAL
GLAND SEAL FAILURE. THE CYLINDER ROD MUST BE
REPLACED IF DAMAGED.
1. Wrap the cylinder rod to protect it from damage,
then clamp the cylinder rod into a vise or device to
keep it from turning while removing the valve block
assembly.
2. Using the proper size wrench, (approx. 55mm 2.165"), turn the valve block assembly counterclockwise to remove it from the end of the cylinder rod.
6-14
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Cylinder Rod Assembly - Removal from the Cylinder
Barrel
Piston - Removal from Cylinder Rod
The following disassembly procedure for removing the
gland end of the cylinder is the same for cylinders 1, 2,
and 3.
Figure 6-20. Cylinder Rod Piston - Removal
1. Piston Retaining Ring
2. Piston
3. Compression Spring
Figure 6-19. Cylinder Rod/Gland - Removal
1. Cylinder Barrel
2. Gland Wire Retaining Ring
3. Retaining Ring Slot/Hole
4. Piston Guide Ring
5. Retaining Ring Slot on
Cylinder Rod
1. Remove the piston retaining ring from slot in the
end of the cylinder rod.
4. Cylinder Gland
5. Spanner Wrench Tool
(48mm - 1.889" Dia.)
2. Slide piston, compression spring and piston guide
ring off the end of the cylinder rod.
1. Using pliers and small screwdriver fish the end of
wire retaining ring out of the slot on the gland end of
the cylinder barrel.
2. Place the spanner wrench pins (48mm - 1.889"
diameter) into the slots in the end of the gland.
3. Now slowly rotate the gland pulling the gland retaining ring out of the slot in the side of the cylinder barrel. Keep rotating gland until the hood end of the
retaining ring is aligned with the hole in the slot and
lift the retaining ring completely free of the cylinder
barrel.
4. Place a container below the end of the cylinder barrel and carefully pull the gland out of the end of the
cylinder barrel. Allow any hydraulic oil to drain.
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYLINDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF
CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND
CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
5. Carefully slide the rod assembly out of the cylinder
barrel and place on a clean surface preferably a
workbench.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
6-15
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Cylinder Component Inspection
Hydraulic Cylinder - Assembly
Cylinder Rod
There should be no scratches or pits deep enough to
catch the fingernail. Pits that go to the base metal are
unacceptable. Scratches that catch the fingernail but are
not to the base metal, less than 0.5 inch long and primarily
in the circumferential direction are acceptable provided
they cannot cut the rod seal. Chrome should be present
over the entire surface of the rod and the lack thereof is
unacceptable. In the event that an unacceptable condition
occurs, the rod should be repaired or replaced.
NOTE: Prior to cylinder assembly, ensure the proper JLG
seal kits are used, see the JLG Parts Manual.
APPLY A LIGHT FILM OF THE HYDRAULIC OIL TO BE USED FOR
OPERATION TO ALL CO MPONENTS TO BE ASSEM BLED,
EXCEPT THE THREADED AREAS WHERE LOCTITE IS TO BE
APPLIED.
Cylinder Assembly
This procedure is same for all three cylinders.
Cylinder Head (Gland)
Visually inspect the inside bore for scratches or polishing.
Deep scratches are unacceptable. Polishing indicates
uneven loading and when this occurs, the bore should be
checked for out-of-roundness. If out-of-roundness exceed
0.007", this is unacceptable. Check the condition of the
dynamic seals (wiper, rod seals) looking particularly for
metallic particles embedded in the seal surface. It is normal to cut the static seal on the retaining ring groove upon
disassembly. Remove the rod seal, static o-ring and
backup and rod wiper. Damage to the seal grooves, particularly on the sealing surfaces, is unacceptable. In the
event that an unacceptable condition occurs, the head
should be replaced.
1. Reassemble the piston/compression spring/piston
guide onto the end of the cylinder rod secure using
the piston retaining ring. (See Figure 6-20.)
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE
CYLINDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON INTO THE CYLINDER BARREL. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF CENTER, WHICH COULD
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES.
Piston
Visually inspect the outside surface for scratches or polishing. Deep scratches are unacceptable. Polishing indicates uneven loading and when this occurs, the diameter
should be checked for out-of-roundness. If out-of-roundness exceeds 0.007", this is unacceptable. Check the condition of the dynamic seals and bearings looking
particularly for metallic particles embedded in the bearing
and in the piston seal surface. Remove the seals and
bearings. Damage to the seal grooves, particularly on the
sealing surfaces, is unacceptable. In the event that an
unacceptable condition occurs, the piston should be
replaced.
Tube Assembly
Visually inspect the inside bore for scratches and pits.
There should be no scratches or pits deep enough to
catch the fingernail. Scratches that catch the fingernail but
are less than 0.5 inch long and primarily in the circumferential direction are acceptable provided they cannot cut
the piston seal. The roughness of the bore should be
between 10 and 20 μ inches RMS. Significant variation
(greater than 8 μ inches difference) are unacceptable. In
the event that an unacceptable condition occurs, the tube
assembly should be repaired or replaced.
6-16
– JLG Lift –
2. Lubricate the piston assembly and rod with hydraulic oil, slide the rod assembly into the cylinder barrel.
3. Install new o-rings and seals into the cylinder head
gland.
4. Lubricate the o-rings and seals with hydraulic oil
then carefully slide the gland assembly onto the end
of the cylinder rod and into the end of the cylinder
barrel.
5. Rotate the gland until the hole for the retaining ring
is lined up with the hole in the cylinder barrel.
6. Insert a new retaining ring into the slot with the hook
end of the retaining ring facing down and inserted
into the hole in the gland. (See Figure 6-19.)
7. Using the proper spanner wrench (48mm - 1.889"
diameter) slowly rotate the gland 360° until all the
retaining ring has pulled into the slot. Fill the open
slot with a silicone sealant to prevent dirt from entering.
3121222
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
Cylinder #2 and #3 Assembly to Cylinder #1
Valve Body Installation
PROTECT THE CYLINDER ROD SURFACE. DAMAGE TO THE CYLINDER ROD CHROME FINISH DUE TO SCRATCHING, INDENTATION, CHIPPING OR OTHERWISE WILL CAUSE EVENTUAL
GLAND SEAL FAILURE. THE CYLINDER ROD MUST BE
REPLACED IF DAMAGED.
1. Lubricate and place a new o-ring in the groove on
the tapered end of cylinder rod #1.
NOTE: The cylinder rod and valve body threads need to be
clean and free of oil when the valve body is assembled to the cylinder assembly, so the loctite applied
to the cylinder rod threads will set properly.
2. Clean the threads of the tapered end of the cylinder
rod of cylinder #1 and apply Loctite #242 to the
threads.
3. Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to the rod surface
above the threaded area to lubricate the o-ring when
installing the valve body to the cylinder rod end.
Figure 6-21. Cyl. #2/3 to Cylinder Joint Assembly
1. Cyl. #2 - Cylinder Rod
2. Cyl. #2 - Hole in Rod
3. Passage Hole in Joint
4. Cyl. #1 - Cylinder Rod
4. Be certain the threads inside the valve body are
clean and dry of any debris or oil.
1. Replace the o-rings in the cylinder joint and rod
attach cap. Lubricate the o-rings with hydraulic oil,
however keep any oil off of the threads in the rod
attach cap.
NOTE: The attach cap threads need to be clean and free of
oil when assembled to the cylinder rod, so the loctite
applied to the cylinder rod threads will set properly.
2. Lay cylinder #1 assembly and cylinder #2/3 assembly on the workbench in their approximate assembled position.
3. At the bottom end of the cylinder #2/3 assembly,
locate the hole on the side of the tapered cylinder
rod end on cylinder #2. This hole should be closely
aligned with the hole passage inside the cylinder
joint of cylinder #1 assembly when assembled.
(See Figure 6-21.)
4. Just before final assembly apply Loctite #242 to the
threads on the tapered end of the cylinder rod of the
cylinder #2/3 assembly. Slide the cylinder #2/3
assembly tapered cylinder rod end into the cylinder
joint attached to cylinder #1 aligning the hole in the
tapered cylinder rod end to the hole in the cylinder
joint.
5. Using the proper fixture to keep the cylinder rod
from turning and protect the cylinder rod from damage, insert the valve body onto the end of the cylinder rod and tighten, then torque to 200 Nm (45 ft.
lb.).
Hydraulic Cylinder Assembly Testing
If a hydraulic cylinder testing fixture is not available to fully
pressurize the cylinder, then the cylinder must be checked
for proper operation and leaks after installation of the mast
assembly to the machine.
IF A TEST FIXTURE IS USED TO TEST THE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER, DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM RATED PRESSURE SETTING OF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. (SEE SECTION-1
SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAXIMUM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTINGS.)
5. Install the rod attach cap to the tapered end of the
cylinder rod and torque the cap to 200 Nm (45 ft.
lb.).
3121222
– JLG Lift –
6-17
SECTION 6 - MAST COMPONENTS
NOTES:
6-18
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
SECTION 7. JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM
The top level menus are as follows:
(Also see menu flow charts - Figure 7-1. and Figure 7-2.)
To Connect the Hand Held Analyzer:
HELP
1. Connect the four pin end of the cable supplied with
the analyzer, to the four position connector on the
PCB and connect the remaining end of the cable to
the analyzer.
DIAGNOSTICS
ACCESS LEVEL
PERSONALITIES (See Table 7-3 on Page 7-11)
NOTE: The cable has a four pin connector at each end of
the cable; the cable cannot be connected backwards.
2. Power up the Control System by turning the lower
key to the platform position and pulling both emergency stop buttons on.
Using the Analyzer:
With the machine power on and the analyzer connected
properly, the analyzer will display the following:
MACHINE SETUP (See Table 7-1 on Page 7-9)
ACTIVATE TESTS
CALIBRATION
If you press ENTER, at the HELP:PRESS ENTER display,
and a fault is present during power up, the analyzer display will scroll the fault across the screen. If there was no
fault detected during power up, the display will read:
In platform mode,
HELP:
(001)
EVERYTHING OK,
In ground mode,
HELP:
(002)
GROUND MODE OK
If ENTER is pressed again, the display moves to the following display:
MENU:
HELP:PRESS ENTER
l og:
( 211)
HELP:
PRESS ENTER
At this point, using the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys, you
can move between the top level menu items. To select a
displayed menu item, press ENTER. To cancel a selected
menu item, press ESC; then you will be able to scroll
using the right and left arrow keys to select a different
menu item.
LOGGED HELP
LOG:
(211)
1: Power Cycle (Or last recorded fault)
At this point, the analyzer will display the current fault, if
3121222
– JLG Lift –
7-1
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
any are present. You may scroll through the fault logs to
view what the last fifteen faults were. Use the right and left
arrow keys to scroll through the fault logs. To return to the
beginning, press ESC two times.
For example:
When a top level menu is selected, a new set of menu
items may be offered;
If for example you choose Personalities:
Press ENTER to select the ACCESS LEVEL menu.
DRIVE
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 2
Using the UP or DOWN arrow keys, enter the first digit of
the password, 3.
Then using the RIGHT arrow key, position the cursor to
the right one space to enter the second digit of the password.
LIFT
STEER
Use the UP or DOWN arrow key to enter the second digit
of the password which is 3.
GROUND
Pressing ENTER with any of the above displayed menus,
will display additional sub-menus within the selected
menu. In some cases the next level is the parameter or
information to be changed. Refer to the flow chart for what
menus are available within the top level menus. You may
only view the personality settings for selected menus
while in access level 2. Remember, you may always cancel a selected menu item by pressing the ESC key.
Repeat this process until you have entered all five digits of
the password which is 33271.
Once the correct password is displayed, press ENTER.
The access level should display the following, if the password was entered correctly:
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held
Analyzer:
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
When the analyzer is first connected, you will be in access
level 2 which enables you to only view most configuration
settings which cannot be changed until you enter a password to advance to a lower level. This ensures that a setting cannot be accidentally altered. To change the access
level, the correct password must be entered. To enter the
password, scroll to the ACCESS LEVEL menu.
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 2
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
Repeat the above steps if the correct access level is not
displayed or you can not adjust the personality settings:
7-2
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
Machine Setup
When a machine digit item is selected, press the UP or
DOWN arrow keys to adjust its value.
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate Machine Personality Settings Table, and the Machine Setup Table on the following pages in this Service Manual for the default
settings.
Password 33271 will give you access to level 1,
which will permit you to change all machine personality and/or machine setup settings.
FAILURE TO MAKE THE PROPER SETTINGS FOR THE PARTICULAR MACHINE CAN RESULT IN IMPROPER OPERATION.
CHANGING THESE SETTINGS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE
PERFORMANCE OF YOUR MACHINE.
GROUND ALARM:
1=MOTION
IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSUREWASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES, INC. RECOMMENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5 CM) AWAY FROM THESE
COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE FOR
BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Codes) are indicated on the face
of the platform control box as shown:
SYSTEM FAULT
For example:
GROUND ALARM:
1=MOTION
The effect of the machine digit value is displayed along
with its value. The above display would be selected if the
machine was equipped with a ground alarm and you
wanted it to sound when driving. There are certain settings allowed to install optional features or select the
machine model.
NOTE: Flash codes are also displayed on the handheld analyzer. For descriptions see Section 8, DIAGNOSTIC
TROUBLE CODES
When selecting the machine model to match the size of
the machine, the personality settings will return to default
settings.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
7-3
7-4
LIFT:
DECEL 0.1-1.0S
LIFT:
UP MIN 0-50%
LIFT:
UP MAX 1-100%
LIFT:
UP MIN 0-60%
DRIVE:
ACCEL 0.1-5.0 S
DRIVE:
DECEL 0.1-10.0 S
DRIVE:
MINIMUM 0-25%
DRIVE:
MAXIMUM 0-100%
DRIVE:
ELEV.MAX 0-25%
– JLG Lift –
MENU:
CALIBRATIONS
MENU:
MACHINE SETUP
LIFT:
ACCEL 0.1-5.0S
PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE
MENU:
PERSONALITIES
*
*
*
LOAD:
*
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
CALIBRATIONS:
LOAD
TILT CUTOUT:
1=YES
TILT CUTOUT:
0=NO
STEER:
DRIVE 0-100%
STEER:
STATIC 0-100%
PERSONALITIES:
STEER
*
DRIVE CUTOUT: *
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
CALIBRATIONS:
DRIVE CUTOUT
DRIVE CUTOUT:
1=YES
DRIVE CUTOUT:
0=NO
ACCELERATOR:
REV MAX 3.80V
ACCELERATOR:
REV MIN 2.75V
ACCELERATOR:
FWD MAX 1.20V
ACCELERATOR:
FWD MIN 2.25V
PERSONALITIES:
ACCELERATOR
CHARGER INTRLOC*
1=DRV&LIFT UP
CHARGER INTRLOC*
0=DRIVE ONLY
GROUND:
ALARM 87DB
GROUND:
HORN 107DB
PERSONALITIES:
GROUND
*
*
GROUND ALARM:
2=MOTION
GROUND ALARM:
1=DESCENT
*
*
GROUND ALARM: *
0=NOT INSTALLED
LOAD:
OVR HOLD 5.0S
LOAD:
*
OVR DBNCE 3.0S
LOAD:
ACC'Y 0-200KG
PERSONALITIES: *
LOAD
LOAD:
2=CUTOUT ALL
LOAD:
1=CUTOUT PLT
*
*
LOAD:
*
0=NOT INSTALLED
DRIVE MOTORS:
1=ADVANCED DC
DRIVE MOTORS:
0=PEERLESS
ELEV PROX:
1=INSTALLED
*
ELEV PROX:
*
0=NOT INSTALLED
Figure 7-1. Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sevcon vP1.14 - Sheet 1 of 2 - (4170032 -15)
SET ELEV SENSOR: *
0.10-1.20V X.XXV
MARKET:
5=JAPAN
MODEL NUMBER:
3246ES
UNCALED TILT:
+X.XX, +Y.YY
MARKET:
4=AUSTRALIA
MODEL NUMBER:
2646ES
SET ELEV SENSOR: *
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
MARKET:
3=CE
MODEL NUMBER:
2630ES
CALIBRATIONS: *
SET ELEV SENSOR
MARKET:
2=CSA
MODEL NUMBER:
2030ES
LEVEL VEHICLE:
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
MARKET:
1=ANSI EXPORT
MODEL NUMBER:
1930ES
CALIBRATIONS:
TILT SENSOR
MARKET:
0=ANSI USA
MODEL NUMBER:
1230ES
LIFT:
DN MAX 1-100%
PERSONALITIES:
LIFT
ACCESS LEVEL:
CODE 00000
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
ACCESS LEVEL:
CODE 33271
ANALYZER SCREEN LAYOUT
BATTERY:
0=FLOODED
BATTERY:
1=AGM
FOOTSWITCH:
1=YES
FOOTSWITCH:
0=NO
*
*
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
3121222
3121222
DIAGNOSTICS:
GROUND
GROUND:
LIFT UP OPEN
GROUND:
LIFT DN OPEN
CURRENT HELP
MESSAGE
DIAGNOSTICS:
PLATFORM
PLATFORM:
DRIVE SEL OPEN
PLATFORM:
LIFT SEL OPEN
MENU:
DIAGNOSTICS
– JLG Lift –
TRACTION:
ARM VOLT XX.XV
TRACTION:
ARM PWM 0-100%
*
*
PLATFORM:
STEER RT OPEN
PLATFORM:
IN/OUT OPEN
PLATFORM:
ZONE A/B OPEN
TRACTION:
FLD CUR XX.XA
PLATFORM:
JOYSTICK 0%
PUMP:
PUMP CUR XXX.XA
PUMP:
PUMP PWM 0-100%
PUMP:
MODE: NEUTRAL
DIAGNOSTICS:
PUMP
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
ALARM ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
HORN ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OVERLOAD ON
RUN SYS TEST:(3)
TEST OVLD&ALRM?
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
SYS DISTRESS ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
TILT LAMP ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
INDOOR ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OUTDOOR ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OVERLOAD ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
PLAT ALARM ON
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OPEN IN/OUT SEL
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CLOSE TRIGGER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CLOSE IN/OUT SEL
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OPEN TRIGGER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CLOSE HORN SW
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OPEN HORN SW
*
SYSTEM:
HORN ON/OFF
SYSTEM:
*
PHP RET/EXT/FAULTY
SYSTEM:
*
RT PHP OPEN/CLOSED
SYSTEM:
*
LT PHP OPEN/CLOSED
SYSTEM:
PHP OPEN/CLOSED
SYSTEM:
BRK RELES OPEN
ELEV SENSOR:
CALIB X.XXV
*
ELEV SENSOR:
PPS SPEED STOWED
SYSTEM:
*
FIXED TILT +X.X
SYSTEM:
BRAKE ON/OFF
ELEV SENSOR:
*
PLATFORM STOWED
SYSTEM:
TILT +X.X +Y.Y
*
*
ELEV SENSOR:
PROX SW OPEN
ELEV SENSOR:
ZEROED X.XXV
ELEV SENSOR:
*
ANGLE SNSR XX.XV
SYSTEM:
*
PLT BATT XX.XV
SYSTEM:
BATTERY XX.XV
SYSTEM:
MODE GROUND
DIAGNOSTICS:
SYSTEM
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
SELECT LIFT
DIAGNOSTICS:
ELEV SENSOR
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
BATTERY 4 (FULL)
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OPEN RT STEER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
SELECT DRIVE
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
BATTERY 3 (3/4)
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
BATTERY 2 (1/2)
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
BATTERY 1 (1/4)
RUN SYS TEST:(4)
TEST LEDS&ALRM?
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CLOSE RT STEER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
OPEN STEER LT
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CLOSE STEER LT
RUN SYS TEST:(4)
TEST PLT SW?
VALVES:
LIFT DOWN 0-100%
VALVES:
LIFT UP OFF/ON
VALVES:
STEER RIGHT OFF/ON
VALVES:
STEER LEFT OFF/ON
DIAGNOSTICS:
VALVES
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CNTRL BACK TO MN
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CNTRL BACK TO MX
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CNTRL FWD TO MIN
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
CNTRL FWD TO MAX
RUN SYS TEST:(4)
TEST PROP CNTRL?
CHARGER:
AC (NOT) CONNECTED
DIAGNOSTICS:
CHARGER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
TEST COMPLETE
*
LOAD:
CELL 4 XXXXKG
LOAD:
CELL 3 XXXXKG
LOAD:
CELL 2 XXXXKG
LOAD:
CELL 1 XXXXKG
*
*
*
*
LOAD:
*
OVERLOADED? YES
LOAD:
*
PLTGROS XXXXKG
LOAD:
*
PLTLOAD XXXXKG
DIAGNOSTICS:
LOAD
CLEAR RENTAL:
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
DATALOG:
ERASE RENTAL?
DATALOG:
RENTAL XXH XXM
DATALOG:
LIFT XXH XXM
DATALOG:
DRIVE XXH XXM
DIAGNOSTICS:
DATALOG
Figure 7-2. Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sevcon vP1.14 - Sheet 2 - (4170032 - 15)
TRACTION:
TEMP XXC
TRACTION:
FLD PWM 0-100%
PLATFORM:
TRIGGER OPEN
PLATFORM:
*
FOOTSWTCH OPEN
TRACTION:
FLD VOLT XX.XV
PLATFORM:
HORN OPEN
TRACTION:
ARM CUR XXX.XA
TRACTION:
DRV VOLT XX.XV
TRACTION:
SPEED 0-100%
TRACTION:
MODE: NEUTRAL
PLATFORM:
STEER LT OPEN
LOGGED HELP 1 TO
16
DIAGNOSTICS:
TRACTION
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
GND LIFT DN
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
RT STEER
MENU:
HELP:PRESS ENTER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
GND LIFT UP
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
LT STEER
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
LIFT UP
RUN SYS TEST:(3)
TEST GND SW?
RUN SYSTEM TEST:
TEST VAVLES?
ACTIVATE TEST:
YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
MENU:
SYSTEM TEST
VERSIONS:
LSS HW ?
VERSIONS:
LSS SW P?.?
VERSIONS:
POWER MOD V?.??
VERSIONS:
PM SN ?????
VERSIONS:
PM HW REV ?
VERSIONS:
PM SW P?.?
VERSIONS:
GM SN ?????
VERSIONS:
GM HW REV ?
VERSIONS:
GM SW P?.?
DIAGNOSTICS:
VERSIONS
*
*
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7-5
Figure 7-3. Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 1 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only)
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7-6
– JLG Lift –
3121222
Figure 7-4. Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 2 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only)
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
3121222
– JLG Lift –
7-7
Figure 7-5. Analyzer Menu Flow Chart - Sheet 3 of 3 - (1001096495)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only)
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION
PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
ality settings first and then changing the model
number of the machine configuration will cause the
personality settings to return to default.
NOTE: When configuring an 1230ES machine, the machine
configuration must be completed before any personality settings can be changed. Changing the person-
Shaded entries are not available for the selected
market.
Table 7-1. Machine Configuration Programming Information (4150473-F)
Machines Equipped with Sevcon (1600346) Power Module ONLY
Configuration
Digit
Setting
Range
1
(Model #)
0
1
2
3
4
5
2
(Market)
3
(Tilt Cutout)
4
(Drive Cutout)
5
(Charger
Interlock)
6
(Ground Alarm)
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
7
(Load)
0
1
2
8
(Drive Motors)
9
(Elev. Prox.)
0
1
0
1
10
(Battery)
0
1
11
(Footswitch)
0
1
3121222
Description
1230ES
1930ES
2030ES
2630ES
2646ES
3246ES
ANSI USA
ANSI EXPORT
CSA
CE
AUSTRALIA
JAPAN
NO - Drive and lift up NOT PREVENTED while tilted (Ground and Platform Mode).
YES - Drive and lift up PREVENTED while tilted (Ground and Platform Mode).
NO - Drive and lift up NOT PREVENTED while elevated.
YES - Drive and lift up PREVENTED while elevated.
DRIVE ONLY - Drive motion PREVENTED while vehicle is charging.
DRIVE AND LIFT UP - Drive and lift up motions ARE PREVENTED while vehicle is
charging. Required for CE.
NOT INSTALLED - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload
(if LSS enabled), and as a horn.
DESCENT - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload (if LSS
enabled), as a horn and during Lift Down motion.
MOTION - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload (if LSS
enabled), as a horn and during Drive and Lift motion.
NOT INSTALLED – Load Sensing System (LSS) is not fitted to the vehicle
CUTOUT PLT – Load Sensing System (LSS) is fitted, and Platform Controls are prevented in the event of an Overload. Ground Controls remain functional. This is the
default setting for CE machines.
CUTOUT ALL – Load Sensing System (LSS) is fitted. Platform and Ground Controls
are prevented in the event of an Overload.
PEERLESS - Vehicle is fitted with Peerless drive motors.
ADVANCED DC - Vehicle is fitted with Advanced DC drive motors.
0=NOT INSTALLED – Vehicle is not fitted with an Elevation Prox Sensor. Vehicle has
Left & Right Brake Release Outputs, and Maintained Brake Release functionality.
1=INSTALLED – Vehicle is fitted with an Elevation Prox Sensor (original ESSeries). Vehicle has a single Brake Release Output, and Momentary Brake Release
functionality.
0=FLOODED – Batteries are conventional lead-acid type.
1=AGM – Batteries are absorbed glass mat type.
NO - Vehicle is not fitted with a footswitch
YES - Vehicle is fitted with a footswitch
– JLG Lift –
Model Default Setting per Market
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
0
2
2
o
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
7-9
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
Table 7-2. Machine Configuration Programming Information (1001115626-B)
(Machines Equipped with ZAPI - 1001092456 Power Module Only)
Market Default Setting
Configuration
Digit
Setting
Range
Description
1
(Model #)
0
1
2
3
4
5
1230ES
1930ES
2030ES
2630ES
2646ES
3246ES
(Set to your applicable ES Model
0 through 5)
2
(Market *)
0
1
2
3
4
5
ANSI USA
ANSI EXPORT
CSA
CE
AUSTRALIA
JAPAN
0 - (ANSI USA)
(Set to your applicable market)
3
(Tilt Cutout)
0
1
NO - Drive and lift up not prevented while tilted (Ground and Platform Mode).
YES - Drive and lift up prevented while tilted (Ground and Platform Mode).
4
(Drive Cutout)
0
1
NO - Drive and lift up not prevented while elevated.
YES - Drive and lift up prevented while elevated.
0
DRIVE ONLY - Drive motion prevented while vehicle is charging.
DRIVE AND LIFT UP - Drive and lift up motions are prevented while vehicle is charging. Required for CE.
0
0
NOT INSTALLED - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload (if
LSS enabled, and as a horn.
DESCENT - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload (if LSS
enabled, as a horn and during Lift Down motion.
MOTION - Vehicle alarm will function for Arm Guard (if enabled), Overload (if LSS
enabled, as a horn and during Drive and Lift motion.
2
NOT INSTALLED - Load Sensing System (LSS) is not fitted to the vehicle.
CUTOUT PLT - Load Sensing System (LSS) is fitted and Platform Controls are prevented in the event of an Overload. Ground Controls remain functional. This is the
default setting for CE machines.
CUTOUT ALL - Load Sensing System (LSS) is fitted. Platform and GRound Controls
are prevented in the event of an overload.
0
5
(Charger Interlock)
1
0
6
(Ground Alarm)
1
2
0
1
7
(Load)
2
8
(Battery)
0
1
FLOODED - Batteries are conventional lead-acid type.
AGM - Batteries are absorbed glass mat type.
9
(Footswitch)
0
1
NO - Vehicle is not fitted with a footswitch
YES - Vehicle is fitted with a footswitch
7-10
– JLG Lift –
0
1
1
1
2
3
1
4
5
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
2
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
3121222
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.3 MACHINE PERSONALITY - ADJUSTMENT
SETTINGS
Table 7-3. Machine Personality Adjustment (4150472-H) Machines Equipped with Sevcon (1600346) Power
Module
Function
Adjustment Range
Table 7-4. Machine Personality Adjustment (1001115627B) - Machines Equipped with ZAPI (1001092456) Power
Module
1230ES
(Factory Setting)
Function
Adjustment Range
1230ES
(Factory Setting)
ACCEL
0.1 - 5.0 (Sec)
0.8
1.0
DRIVE
DRIVE
ACCEL
0.1 - 5.0 (Sec)
0.8
DECEL
0.1 - 1.0 (Sec)
1.0
DECEL
0.1 - 1.0 (Sec)
MINIMUM
0 - 25%
0
MINIMUM
0 - 25%
0
0 -100%
100
MAXIMUM
0 -100%
100
MAXIMUM
ELEV. MAX.
0 - 25%
18
ELEV. MAX.
0 - 30%
25
ACCEL
0.1 - 5.0 (Sec)
0.5
0.1
LIFT
LIFT
ACCEL
0.1 - 5.0 (Sec)
0.5
DECEL
0.1 - 1.0 (Sec)
0.1
DECEL
0.1 - 1.0 (Sec)
UP MIN
0 - 50%
10
UP MIN
0 - 50%
20
UP MAX
0 - 100%
100
UP MAX
0 - 100%
100
DN MIN
1 - 60%
42
DN MIN
1 - 60%
45
DN MAX
0 - 100%
61
DN MAX
0 - 100%
85
STEER
STEER
STATIC
0 - 100%
100
STATIC
0 - 100%
100
DRIVE
0 - 100%
60
DRIVE
0 - 100%
60
ACCELERATOR
ACCELERATOR
FWD MIN
2.20 - 2.40 V
2.25
FWD MIN
2.20 - 2.40 V
2.23
FWD MAX
1.00 - 1.50 V
1.20
FWD MAX
1.00 - 1.50 V
1.19
REV MIN
2.60 - 2.80 V
2.75
REV MIN
2.60 - 2.80 V
2.74
REV MAX
3.50 - 4.00 V
3.80
REV MAX
3.50 - 4.00 V
3.78
GROUND
GROUND
HORN
87 - 107 dB
107
HORN
87 - 107 dB
107
ALARM
87 - 107 dB
87
ALARM
87 - 107 dB
87
LOAD
LOAD
ACCY
0 - 200 Kg
N/A
ACCY
0 - 200 Kg
0
OVR DBNCE
0.0 - 5.0 Sec
N/A
OVR DBNCE
0.0 - 5.0 Sec
3.0
OVR HOLD
0.0 - 5.0 Sec
N/A
OVR HOLD
0.0 - 5.0 Sec
5.0
NOTE: These settings may change in order to achieve optimal performance on a machine by machine basis.
3121222
NOTE: These settings may change in order to achieve optimal performance on a machine by machine basis.
– JLG Lift –
7-11
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.4 TILT SENSOR CALIBRATION
carefully. Observe whether the tilt sensor is properly seated.
Be sure that the machine is parked and stowed on level
ground.
c. Tilt sensor has developed an offset shift:
Remove the tilt sensor from the Ground Control
box but keep both the tilt sensor and Ground
Control box electrically connected. Level one
axis of the tilt sensor and observe the raw reading (should be within ± 2.0). Do the same for the
other axis. If either axis is greater than ± 2.0,
replace the tilt sensor.
Ground Module Software Version 1.5
1. Enter Access Level 1 and go to the CALIBRATION/
TILT SENSOR/LEVEL VEHICLE screen.
2. Choose the right arrow key to view the raw, uncalibrated tilt sensor values. If either raw angle reads
5.0 or more, the machine is too unlevel and the
software will prohibit calibration. Therefore, attempt
to dissect the three areas of error to find the primary
contributor:
Calibration Failures
Some possible reasons that the tilt sensor won’t calibrate
are:
a. Machine mounting and/or grade:
Try to measure the top of the Ground Control
box for levelness. If unable to get a good reading, unbolt the Ground Control box and check
the box’s mounting surface for levelness.
a. The surface the machine is sitting on is off level
by a few degrees (flat doesn’t imply level; parking lots are often not level).
b. Tilt sensor mounting on machine or wedged
crooked in control box:
If the machine mounting/grade appears acceptable, remove and open the Ground Control box
carefully. Observe whether the tilt sensor is properly seated in its grooves.
c. Tilt sensor has moisture intrusion that has
shifted its output.
c. Tilt sensor has developed an offset shift:
Remove the tilt sensor from the Ground Control
box but keep both the tilt sensor and Ground
Control box electrically connected. Level one
axis of the tilt sensor and observe the raw reading (should be within ± 2.0). Do the same for the
other axis. If either axis is greater than ±2.0,
replace the tilt sensor.
e. The Ground Control Box, as mounted on the
machine, does not allow the tilt sensor to be
level.
b. The tilt sensor has failed one or both of the
channels (X axis and Y axis).
d. Water and/or corrosion in the box has corrupted
electrical connections or caused a tilt sensor or
ground control board failure (observe any
cracks in the box)
For the following troubleshooting steps, a bubble level
(smaller is better) will be needed and the machine must
be on a level surface:
Ground Module Software Version 1.4
1. Enter Access Level 1 and go to the CALIBRATION/
TILT SENSOR/LEVEL VEHICLE screen.
2. Choose the right arrow key to view the raw, uncalibrated tilt sensor values. If either raw angle reads
5.0 or more, the machine is too unlevel and the
software will prohibit calibration. Therefore, attempt
to dissect the three areas of error to find the primary
contributor:
7-12
1. On the Analyzer, go the Diagnostics/System and
read the tilt angle. If either angle reports +20.0°,
there is an electrical/electronic failure (tilt sensor,
control board, electrical connections).
a. Take the Ground Control box off of the machine
and open.
b. Disconnect the sensor and clean any corrosion
off of the tilt sensor and control board connections.
c. Reassemble and test. If fault persists, replace tilt
sensor.
a. Machine mounting and/or grade:
Try to measure the top of the Ground Control
box for levelness. If unable to get a good reading, unbolt the Ground Control box and check
the box’s mounting surface for levelness.
2. If the Analyzer displays angles other than +20.0°,
attempt to calibrate. If machine won’t calibrate, note
the reason displayed on Analyzer:
b. Tilt sensor mounting on machine or wedged
crooked in control box.:
If the machine mounting/grade appears acceptable, remove and open the Ground Control box
b. NOT LEVEL - tilt sensor has either developed an
offset or it is too unlevel as mounted on the
machine.
– JLG Lift –
a. SENSOR FAILURE – tilt sensor internal frequency is out of range (replace sensor).
3121222
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
7.5 TILT SENSOR ELECTRICAL EVALUATION
This basic check using the JLG Analyzer can be used to
test the Tilt Sensor.
• If angle measurements read +20.0, then a sensor/
wiring/connector fault exists. If the readings intermittently display expected angles, then there is likely a
wiring/connector problem and not a failed sensor. In
either case, open the ES Ground box. Disconnect the
sensor, check the wire terminations, and clean any corrosion on the tilt sensor and control board connections. Reconnect and test. If the fault persists, replace
the tilt sensor and return the faulty tilt sensor to JLG
with a detailed description of the diagnostic steps
taken.
7.6 ELEVATION ANGLE SENSOR ELECTRICAL
EVALUATION
These basic checks using the JLG Analyzer can be used
to test the Elevation Atrecrqwetngle Sensor. If the problem is still occurring, perform the Tilt vs. Allowed Height
Evaluation described below.
• On a level surface, with the Analyzer under DIAGNOSTICS/ELEV SENSOR, verify that the elevation
angle sensor voltage increases (ranges from 0.2V0.8V to 3.6V-4.2V) with platform height. If not, check
the sensor mounting. If necessary, unbolt sensor and
rotate by hand while monitoring with the Analyzer to
check the integrity of the sensor output.
• For machines equipped with an elevation proximity
switch, if the Elevation Sensor appears satisfactory,
verify that the Elevation Prox switch is opening and
closing appropriately by watching the change of state
between the stowed and elevated positions (monitor
PROX SWITCH under DIAGNOSTICS/ELEV SENSOR).
If a change of state is not observed, check prox mounting and operability by placing metal in front of the prox
sensor face.
Tilt vs. Allowed Height Evaluation
First, find a level surface (not just flat like a parking lot;
must be level). The surface should be a plane in which the
wheels are within 00.2. Find this surface by taking a
digital level and measuring the areas on which the wheels
would rest in both the X and Y directions. Mark the locations and drive the machine to these points. If a level surface can not be found, flat shims or plates may be place
under the wheels to create a level plane for the wheels.
In determining the existing tilt angle, read the angle on the
Analyzer under DIAGNOSTICS/SYSTEM. Do not place a
hand-held level on the machine to determine whether the
machine is level and lifting to the appropriate height. Such
a measurement will likely be different than the Ground
box/tilt sensor angle reading due to manufacturing and
3121222
mounting tolerances. The tilt angle in both directions
should read within 0.5 while on a level surface. If not,
then either the machine has a drifting tilt sensor or has
been erroneously re-calibrated since the original factory
calibration.
Check the service records to determine whether a re calibration has been performed. If so, re-calibrate on the level
surface. If there is no record of an earlier calibration, we
must assume that the sensor output has drifted. Therefore, replace the sensor and return to JLG with a detailed
troubleshooting description.
NOTE: There is a rare case in which an attempted calibration will be unsuccessful for machines with Ground
module software version P1.5 or earlier. If this
occurs while performing a calibration, the Analyzer
will display:
LEVEL VEHICLE
TILT +20.0 +20.0
and the following fault will also be logged.
TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (2/3) [DTC 811]
If no other faults have been logged since the last startup,
this fault indicates that the software needs to be updated
to P1.6 or later. Update the software and continue troubleshooting evaluation before replacing any components.
If the tilt sensor readings are within range for a level
machine, compare the allowed Tilt vs. Height in the chart
below. Being within 6” of the target height is considered
acceptable.
Table 7-5. Tilt Cutout Settings
1230ES
Tilt Setting
(front to back)
Tilt Setting
(side to side)
ANSI/CSA
CE/AUS
3°
3.4°
1.5°
3.4°
If the machine does not appear to track the lift cutout
heights and no fault exists as described above, stow the
machine and re-calibrate the Elevation Sensor.
7.7 ELEVATION SENSOR CALIBRATION
1. Be sure that the machine is parked and stowed on
level ground.
2. Attach the analyzer near the ground control station.
3. Go to Access Level 1 and scroll through to CALIBRATION.
4. Under Calibrations go to SET ELEV SENSOR.
5. Press enter for Yes and the Elevation Sensor will set.
NOTE: Check the elevation sensor by lifting the scissor
arms, from the platform, and driving until the drive
speed cuts back. Refer to the Maximum High Drive
Cut Out Height table in section 1 of this manual for
proper speed cut out height.
– JLG Lift –
7-13
SECTION 7 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
NOTES:
7-14
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
SECTION 8. DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
8.1
INTRODUCTION
This section provides a reference for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) read from the Multifunction Digital Indicator (MDI). This
section should only be used for machines equipped with a SEVCON Power Module-(ground board software version P1.13 or
higher) or ZAPI Power Module-(ground board software version P1.0 or higher). For more information on any sensors or indicators, refer to the appropriate section for the machine area. Many of the checks below require configuring and using a multimeter. Refer to Section 7: General Electrical Information & Schematics for multimeter basics. DTCs are sorted in groups by
the first two digits, which is also the system distress lamp flash code. To troubleshoot multiple DTCs, start with the DTC with
the higher first two digits. The machine is powered by four 6 Volt batteries in series, providing a nominal 24 Volts to the control system. Some procedures below refer to this nominal voltage (VMN) as 24V. Actual voltage measurements may differ
based on the charge of the batteries. If a correction is made during a check, conclude the check by cycling the machine
power, using the emergency stop switch. It may also be helpful to run a system test, ANALYZER -> SYSTEM TEST for intermittent or difficult problems.
8.2 X-CONNECTOR REFERENCES
Throughout the following DTC troubleshooting procedures, electrical connectors are given a three digit identifier number preceded with an “X” for identifying and locating the specific connector on the machine.
See Section 9.8, X-CONNECTOR ID INDEX for description of "X" connectors and Figure 9-12. on page 9-20, and Figure 9-13.
on page 9-21 for location of "X" connectors on the machine.
Example of "X" connector usage nomenclature:
[X006.21] refers to terminal 21 (pin and socket) of connector X006.
[X006.21.soc] refers to the socket side of terminal 21, connector X006.
[X006.21.pin] refers to the pin side of terminal 21, connector X006.
8.3
DTC INDEX
0-0
2-1
2-2
2-3
001 EVERYTHING OK ........................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
002 GROUND MODE OK ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
003 ALARM SOUNDING - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION .................................................................................................. 6-3
004 DRIVING AT CUTBACK - ABOVE ELEVATION ............................................................................................................. 6-3
005 DRIVE & LIFT UP PREVENTED - TILTED & ELEVATED ............................................................................................... 6-4
006 LIFT UP PREVENTED - MAX HEIGHT ZONE A ............................................................................................................. 6-4
007 DRIVING AT CUTBACK - POTHOLE STILL ENGAGED ................................................................................................ 6-4
008 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - SYSTEM POWERED DOWN ......................................................................................... 6-4
009 DRIVE PREVENTED - ELEVATED ABOVE DRIVE CUTOUT HEIGHT .......................................................................... 6-4
211 POWER CYCLE ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-4
212 KEYSWITCH FAULTY .................................................................................................................................................... 6-5
221 FUNCTION PROBLEM - HORN PERMANENTLY SELECTED ...................................................................................... 6-5
222 FUNCTION PROBLEM - INDOOR / OUTDOOR PERMANENTLY SELECTED ............................................................. 6-5
223 FUNCTION PROBLEM - DRIVE & LIFT ACTIVE TOGETHER ....................................................................................... 6-5
224 FUNCTION PROBLEM - STEER LEFT PERMANENTLY SELECTED ............................................................................ 6-5
225 FUNCTION PROBLEM - STEER RIGHT PERMANENTLY SELECTED ......................................................................... 6-5
226 ACCELERATOR FAULTY - WIPER OUT OF RANGE .................................................................................................... 6-5
227 STEER SWITCHES FAULTY .......................................................................................................................................... 6-6
228 FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - ACCELERATOR NOT CENTERED ................................................................................... 6-6
229 FUNCTION PROBLEM - TRIGGER PERMANENTLY CLOSED ..................................................................................... 6-6
2210 TRIGGER CLOSED TOO LONG WHILE IN NEUTRAL ................................................................................................ 6-6
2232 FUNCTION PROBLEM - DRIVE & LIFT BOTH OPEN .................................................................................................. 6-6
231 FUNCTION PROBLEM - LIFT PERMANENTLY SELECTED ......................................................................................... 6-6
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-1
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
2-5
3-1
3-2
3-3
4-2
4-4
232 GROUND LIFT UP / DOWN ACTIVE TOGETHER .........................................................................................................6-6
233 FUNCTION PROBLEM - BRAKE RELEASE PERMANENTLY SELECTED ....................................................................6-6
251 ELEV ANGLE SENSOR FAULTY - VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE ....................................................................................6-7
252 ELEV ANGLE SENSOR HAS NOT BEEN CALIBRATED ...............................................................................................6-7
253 DRIVE PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED ...........................................................................................................6-7
254 DRIVE & LIFT UP PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED .........................................................................................6-7
255 PLATFORM OVERLOADED ...........................................................................................................................................6-7
256 DRIVE PREVENTED - POTHOLE NOT ENGAGED .......................................................................................................6-7
257 ELEV PROX PERMANENTLY CLOSED - CHECK PROX AND ANGLE ADJUSTMENT ................................................6-8
258 DRIVE & LIFT PREVENTED - BRAKES ELECTRICALLY RELEASED FOR TOWING ....................................................6-8
259 MODEL CHANGED - HYDRAULICS SUSPENDED - CYCLE EMS ................................................................................6-8
2510 DRIVE PREVENTED - BRAKES NOT RELEASING ......................................................................................................6-8
2511 ELEV ANGLE SENSOR FAULTY - NOT MOUNTED ....................................................................................................6-8
2512 ELEV ANGLE SENSOR NOT DETECTING CHANGE ..................................................................................................6-8
311 OPEN CIRCUIT LINE CONTACTOR ..............................................................................................................................6-8
312 CONTACTOR DRIVER PERMANENTLY OFF ................................................................................................................6-8
321 LINE CONTACTOR MISWIRED ON OR WELDED .........................................................................................................6-9
322 CONTACTOR DRIVER PERMANENTLY ON ..................................................................................................................6-9
331 BRAKE SHORT TO BATTERY ........................................................................................................................................6-9
332 BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT .................................................................................................................................................6-9
333 LIFT UP SHORT TO BATTERY ......................................................................................................................................6-9
334 LIFT UP OPEN CIRCUIT ................................................................................................................................................6-9
335 LIFT DN SHORT TO BATTERY ......................................................................................................................................6-9
336 LIFT DN OPEN CIRCUIT ..............................................................................................................................................6-10
337 STEER LEFT SHORT TO BATTERY ............................................................................................................................6-10
338 STEER LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT ......................................................................................................................................6-10
339 STEER RIGHT SHORT TO BATTERY ..........................................................................................................................6-10
3310 STEER RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................................................6-10
3311 GROUND ALARM SHORT TO BATTERY ...................................................................................................................6-10
3312 LEFT BRAKE SHORT TO BATTERY ..........................................................................................................................6-10
3313 RIGHT BRAKE SHORT TO BATTERY ........................................................................................................................6-10
3314 LEFT BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT ....................................................................................................................................6-11
3315 RIGHT BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................................................6-11
33297 LEFT BRAKE - SHORT TO GROUND ......................................................................................................................6-11
33298 STEER LEFT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND ..........................................................................................................6-11
33299 LINE CONTACTOR COIL - SHORT TO BATTERY...................................................................................................6-11
33302 NEGATIVE SUPPLY - SHORT TO BATTERY ...........................................................................................................6-11
33303 NEGATIVE SUPPLY - SHORT TO GROUND ...........................................................................................................6-11
33304 RIGHT BRAKE - SHORT TO GROUND....................................................................................................................6-11
33305 STEER RIGHT VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND ........................................................................................................6-11
33406 LIFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND ..................................................................................................................6-11
33407 LIFT DN VALVE - SHORT TO GROUND ..................................................................................................................6-11
421 POWER MODULE TOO HOT - PLEASE WAIT ............................................................................................................6-12
422 DRIVING AT CUTBACK - POWER MODULE CURRENT LIMIT ...................................................................................6-12
423 LIFT UP AT CUTBACK - POWER MODULE CURRENT LIMIT .....................................................................................6-12
441 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN ...........................................................................................6-12
442 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN ..........................................................................................6-12
443 LSS BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH ..........................................................................................................................6-12
444 LSS BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW ...........................................................................................................................6-12
446 LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE ..............................................................................................................6-12
4421 LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE .............................................................................................................6-12
4422 LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE .............................................................................................................6-13
8-2
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
6-6
6-7
7-7
8-1
8-2
9-9
661 CANBUS FAILURE - POWER MODULE ...................................................................................................................... 6-13
662 CANBUS FAILURE - PLATFORM MODULE ................................................................................................................ 6-14
663 CANBUS FAILURE - LOAD SENSING SYSTEM MODULE ......................................................................................... 6-15
664 CANBUS FAILURE - ACCESSORY MODULE ............................................................................................................. 6-15
6635 CANBUS FAILURE - CHASSIS TILT SENSOR ........................................................................................................... 6-15
671 ACCESSORY FAULT ................................................................................................................................................... 6-15
771 OPEN CIRCUIT DRIVE MOTOR WIRING .................................................................................................................... 7-15
772 STALLED TRACTION MOTOR OR POWER WIRING ERROR..................................................................................... 7-16
773 CAPACITOR BANK FAULT - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS........................................................................................... 7-16
774 SHORT CIRCUIT FIELD WIRING................................................................................................................................. 7-16
775 OPEN CIRCUIT FIELD WIRING ................................................................................................................................... 7-16
776 STALLED PUMP MOTOR OR POWER WIRING ERROR ............................................................................................ 7-16
777 OPEN CIRCUIT PUMP MOTOR WIRING..................................................................................................................... 7-16
778 TRACTION T HIGH - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS ....................................................................................................... 7-16
779 TRACTION T LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS........................................................................................................ 7-16
7710 PUMP P HIGH - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS ............................................................................................................ 7-16
7711 PUMP P LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS ............................................................................................................. 7-16
7741 ARMATURE BRAKING CURRENT TOO HIGH .......................................................................................................... 7-16
7742 FIELD VOLTAGE IMPROPER .................................................................................................................................... 7-17
811 TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED ............................................................................................................................... 6-17
812 NO DATA FROM TILT SENSOR - NOT CONNECTED OR FAULTY ........................................................................... 6-17
821 LSS CELL #1 ERROR .................................................................................................................................................. 6-17
822 LSS CELL #2 ERROR .................................................................................................................................................. 6-17
823 LSS CELL #3 ERROR .................................................................................................................................................. 6-17
824 LSS CELL #4 ERROR .................................................................................................................................................. 6-17
825 LSS HAS NOT BEEN CALIBRATED ............................................................................................................................ 6-17
991 LSS WATCHDOG RESET ............................................................................................................................................ 6-17
992 LSS EEPROM ERROR ................................................................................................................................................. 6-17
993 LSS INTERNAL ERROR - PIN EXCITATION ................................................................................................................ 6-17
994 LSS INTERNAL ERROR - DRDY MISSING FROM A/D ............................................................................................... 6-17
995 POWER MODULE FAILURE - PERSONALITY RANGE ERROR .................................................................................. 6-17
996 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR ...................................................................................................... 6-18
997 POWER MODULE FAILURE - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS OR MOSFET SHORT CIRCUIT ...................................... 6-18
998 EEPROM FAILURE - CHECK ALL SETTINGS ............................................................................................................. 6-18
999 FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - POWER MODULE SOFTWARE VERSION IMPROPER ................................................. 6-18
9910 FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - PLATFORM MODULE SOFTWARE VERSION IMPROPER ......................................... 6-18
9911 FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - LSS MODULE SOFTWARE VERSION IMPROPER ...................................................... 6-18
9912 POWER MODULE FAILURE - SYSTEM MONITOR ................................................................................................... 6-18
9924 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - MACHINE NOT CONFIGURED ................................................................................. 6-18
9950 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9951 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9952 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9953 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9954 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9955 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-19
9956 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9957 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9958 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR ..................................................................................................... 9-20
9960 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9962 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9963 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9964 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9969 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
9970 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR .................................................................................................... 9-20
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-3
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
9971 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR.....................................................................................................9-20
99143 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-20
99144 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-20
99145 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-21
99146 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-21
99147 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-21
99148 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-21
99149 POWER MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR...................................................................................................9-21
8-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
8.4
DTC CHECK TABLES
0-0 Help Comments
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
001
EVERYTHING OK
The normal help message in platform
mode. Displays on the analyzer only.
002
GROUND MODE OK
The normal help message in ground
mode. Displays on the analyzer only.
003
ALARM SOUNDING - TILTED Control system senses that the platform
& ABOVE ELEVATION
is elevated and the vehicle is tilted, and
the machine not configured to cutout.
004
DRIVING AT CUTBACK ABOVE ELEVATION
The platform is elevated and the machine • Fully stow the platform.
is driving.
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• Check that the pothole protection switches are securely mounted.
• Check the lift/drive switch.
• Backprobing ground board J1-18 should show about 0 volts.
• Backprobing ground board J1-10 should show about 0 volts.
• Check function of elevation angle sensor. ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> ELEV SENSOR -> ZEROED should be about 0V
when stowed and about 0.15V at cutback.
005
DRIVE & LIFT UP PREVENTED - TILTED & ELEVATED
Driving is not possible since the platform • Check that the machine is tilted. If so, lower the platform and
is elevated and the chassis is not level.
reposition the machine to a level surface.
• Fully stow the platform.
• The tilt sensor is part of the ground control box. Check that the
ground control box is secured to the machine.
• Check that the pothole protection switches are securely mounted.
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• Check the ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MARKET configuration.
• If MARKET is set to CE, ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP > TILT CUTOUT parameter is set as desired.
• Check pothole protection switch adjustment.
• Backprobing ground board J1-18 should show about 0 volts.
• Backprobing ground board J1-10 should show about 0 volts.
• Calibrate the elevation sensor, see Section 5.5.
• Calibrate the tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
3121222
• Check that the machine is tilted. If so, lower the platform and
reposition the machine to a level surface.
• Fully stow the platform.
• The tilt sensor is part of the ground control box. Check that the
ground control box is secured to the machine.
• Check that the pothole protection switches are securely mounted.
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• Check the ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MARKET configuration.
• If MARKET is set to CE, ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP > TILT CUTOUT parameter is set as desired.
• Backprobing ground board J1-18 should show about 0 volts.
• Backprobing ground board J1-10 should show about 0 volts.
• Check pothole protection switch adjustment.
• Calibrate the elevation sensor, see Section 5.5.
• Calibrate the tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
– JLG Lift –
8-5
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
0-0 Help Comments
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
The vehicle has reached the maximum • Check that the zone is set appropriately for the platform load.
height and further lift up motion is not pos- • Check that the platform height is at the rated maximum height
sible. Applicable to 2630ES or 3246ES.
specification (20’ for 2630 or 26’ for the 3246).
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• If there are any elevation sensor faults (DTC 251, 252, 2511, or
2512), troubleshoot those first.
• Check that ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MODEL setting is
correct.
• Check that ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MARKET setting
is correct.
• Check ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> ELEV SENSOR ->
ZEROED is about 1.53V for the 3246 or about 1.22V for the 2630
when at full height. If not, repair or replace the elevation angle
sensor.
006
LIFT UP PREVENTED - MAX
HEIGHT ZONE A
007
DRIVING AT CUTBACK - POT- While stowed, drive speed is reduced
• Check for obstructions around the pot-hole protection mechaHOLE STILL ENGAGED
since the control system detected that the
nisms.
pot-hole protection mechanism failed to • Check that the PHP switches are securely mounted.
retract.
• Check PHP switches wiring from the ground board and for proper
operation. The left PHP input (24V) is from J1-9 and its output
(24V when deployed) is to J1-10. The right PHP input (24V) is
from J1-17 and its output (24V when deployed) is to J1-18.
008
FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - After 2 hours without activity, the control
SYSTEM POWERED DOWN system enters a low-power state to preserve battery charge.
• Normal operation should resume after a power cycle.
• Check batteries charge, condition, etc.
009
DRIVE PREVENTED - ELEVATED ABOVE DRIVE CUTOUT HEIGHT
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• Check the ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MARKET configuration.
• If MARKET is set to Japan, ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE
SETUP -> DRIVE CUTOUT parameter is set as desired.
The platform is elevated above the calibrated cutout height.
2-1 Power-Up
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
211
POWER CYCLE
This help message is issued at each
power cycle. Displays on the analyzer
only.
Normal operation. No check necessary.
212
KEYSWITCH FAULTY
Both platform and ground modes are
selected simultaneously. Defaults to
ground mode.
• Check key switch function.
• Backprobe J2-3 with the keyswitch in the ground position. Voltage
should be under 6V. Otherwise, keyswitch or wiring faulty.
• Backprobe J2-4 with the keyswitch in the platform position. Voltage should be under 6V. Otherwise, keyswitch or wiring faulty.
• Check key switch wiring to ground board J2-3 and J2-4 and to
emergency stop switch.
• Replace ground board.
2-2 Platform Controls
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
221
FUNCTION PROBLEM HORN PERMANENTLY
SELECTED
8-6
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
The horn switch was closed during
power-up in platform mode.
• Check if the horn switch is damaged, obstructed or jammed.
• Disconnect the horn switch ribbon cable on the platform board. If
DTC still present, replace the platform board. If DTC 221 is no
longer present, replace the horn switch or platform board.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
2-2 Platform Controls
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
• Check if the indoor/outdoor (zone A / zone B) capacity switch is
damaged, obstructed or jammed.
• Replace platform board.
222
FUNCTION PROBLEM INDOOR / OUTDOOR PERMANENTLY SELECTED
The indoor / outdoor (zone A / zone B)
switch was closed during power-up in
platform mode.
223
FUNCTION PROBLEM DRIVE & LIFT ACTIVE
TOGETHER
The drive and lift inputs are closed simul- • Check drive/lift switch for visible damage.
taneously in platform mode.
• Check switch continuity. There should only be continuity from the
center post to one of the outer posts at a time. Otherwise, replace
the switch.
• Check drive/lift switch signal and wiring to the platform board. Its
input (0V) is from platform board terminal J1-11. "Lift" selection
output (0V when selected) is to platform board terminal J1-9.
"Drive" selection output (0V when closed) is to platform board terminal J1-10.
• Replace platform board.
224
FUNCTION PROBLEM STEER LEFT PERMANENTLY SELECTED
The steer left switch was closed during
power-up in platform mode.
225
FUNCTION PROBLEM STEER RIGHT PERMANENTLY SELECTED
The steer right switch was closed during • Check if the steer right switch is obstructed or jammed.
power-up in platform mode.
• Check steer right switch and its wiring to the platform board. The
steer right switch input (24V) is from platform board terminal J11, and its output (24V when closed) is to platform board terminal
J1-16.
• Replace platform board.
226
ACCELERATOR FAULTY WIPER OUT OF RANGE
The joystick signal is outside the accept- • Center joystick and check to see if a power cycle will clear DTC.
able range of 0.50V - 4.5V, or is unstable. • Check the joystick signal and its wiring. The joystick input (5V) is
from the platform board terminal J1-5, its output (2.5V with joystick at center) to the platform board terminal J1-6, and its ground
(0V) is to the platform board terminal J1-7. Observe output signal
while slowly operating joystick.
• Replace platform board.
227
STEER SWITCHES FAULTY
The steer left and steer right inputs were • Check if the steer switches are damaged, obstructed or jammed.
closed simultaneously.
• Check the steer switch signals and wiring to the platform board.
The steer switch input (24V) is from platform board terminal J1-1,
outputs (24V when closed) are to platform board terminals J1-15
and J1-16 (left and right).
• Replace platform board.
228
FUNCTION LOCKED OUT ACCELERATOR NOT CENTERED
The joystick was not centered at powerup.
• Release joystick and allow to center.
• Check if the joystick is obstructed or jammed.
• Check the joystick signal and its wiring. The joystick input (5V) is
from the platform board terminal J1-5, its output (2.5V with joystick at center) to the platform board terminal J1-6, and its ground
(0V) is to the platform board terminal J1-7. Observe output signal
while slowly operating joystick.
• Replace platform board.
229
FUNCTION PROBLEM TRIGGER PERMANENTLY
CLOSED
The trigger switch was closed during
power-up in platform mode.
• Check if the trigger switch is obstructed or jammed.
• Check the trigger switch signal and wiring to the platform board.
The trigger input (24V) is from platform board terminal J1-1, and
its output (24V when closed) is to platform board terminal J1-8.
• Replace platform board.
3121222
• Check if the steer left switch is obstructed or jammed.
• Check steer left switch and its wiring. The steer left switch input
(24V) is from platform board terminal J1-1, and its output (24V
when closed) is to platform board terminal J1-15.
• Replace platform board.
– JLG Lift –
8-7
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
2-2 Platform Controls
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
2210 TRIGGER CLOSED TOO
LONG WHILE IN NEUTRAL
The trigger switch was closed for more
than five seconds while the joystick was
centered.
• Check if the trigger switch is obstructed or jammed.
• Check the trigger switch signal and wiring to the platform board.
The trigger input (24V) is from platform board terminal J1-1, and
its output (24V when closed) is to platform board terminal J1-8.
• Replace platform board.
2232 FUNCTION PROBLEM DRIVE & LIFT BOTH OPEN
The drive and lift inputs are both deenergized in Platform Mode.
• Check if either function is active, if Yes;
• Repair the wiring or switch to clear the message.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
2-3 Ground Controls
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
• Check if the lift switch is obstructed or jammed.
• Check the lift switch signal and wiring to the ground board. The lift
switch input (24V) is from ground board terminal J2-4, and its
outputs (24V when closed) are to ground board terminals J2-6,
J2-7 (up and down).
• Replace ground board.
231
FUNCTION PROBLEM - LIFT The ground control box lift switch was
PERMANENTLY SELECTED closed up or down, during power-up in
ground mode.
232
GROUND LIFT UP / DOWN
ACTIVE TOGETHER
The lift up / down inputs are closed simul- • Check if the lift switch is obstructed or jammed.
taneously.
• Check the lift switch signal and wiring to the ground board. The lift
switch input (24V) is from ground board terminal J2-4, and its
outputs (24V when closed) are to ground board terminals J2-6
(up), J2-7 (down).
• Replace ground board.
233
FUNCTION PROBLEM BRAKE RELEASE PERMANENTLY SELECTED
The manual brake release switch was
closed during power-up.
• Check if the brake release switch is obstructed or jammed.
• Check the brake release switch signal and wiring to the ground
board. The brake release switch input (24V) is from ground board
terminal J1-19, and its output (24V when closed) is to ground
board terminal J1-20.
• If the brakes are released, the machine can be pushed or moved
without drive motor power.
• Replace ground board.
2-5 Function Prevented
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
251
ELEV ANGLE SENSOR
FAULTY - VOLTAGE OUT OF
RANGE
The elevation angle sensor input voltage • Check that the platform elevation sensor is securely mounted and
is outside the acceptable range of 0.10V undamaged.
4.50V.
• Check voltage as displayed on ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS ->
ELEV SENSOR -> ANGLE SNSR. Backprobe ground board J1-15.
If this voltage disagrees with the ANGLE SNSR voltage, replace
the ground board.
• Backprobe the elevation angle sensor connector. Terminal A
should be 4.7V, terminal C should be 0V.
• Check the elevation angle sensor signal and wiring to the ground
board. The elevation angle sensor input is from ground board terminal J1-14 (4.7V), its output (0.1 - 1.2V when stowed) is to
ground board terminal J1-15, and its ground is to ground board
terminal J1-16.
• Replace the ground board.
252
ELEV ANGLE SENSOR HAS
NOT BEEN CALIBRATED
The elevation angle sensor has not been • Calibrate the elevation angle sensor to clear fault. See Section 5.5.
calibrated.
8-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
2-5 Function Prevented
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
253
DRIVE PREVENTED CHARGER CONNECTED
Driving is not possible while the vehicle is • Check if the charger is connected to off board power source and
charging.
disconnect if desired.
• Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> CHARGER INTERLOC
is set as desired.
• Check that charger's red (positive) battery wire connector terminal is receiving power (24V) from batteries.
• Check signal from charger interlock connector terminal 2 to
ground board terminal J1-29, where 0VDC indicates charging in
process.
254
DRIVE & LIFT UP PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED
Drive or lift is not possible while the vehi- • Check if the charger is connected to off board power source and
cle is charging AND is configured to predisconnect if desired.
vent all motion.
• Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> CHARGER INTERLOC
is set as desired. (Must be in ACCESS LEVEL 1 to change.)
• Check that charger's red (positive) battery wire connector terminal is receiving power (24V) from batteries.
• Check signal from charger interlock connector terminal 2 to
ground board terminal J1-29, where 0VDC indicates charging in
process.
255
PLATFORM OVERLOADED
The load sensing system measured plat- • Remove excess weight from the platform.
form load is excessive.
• Check that the platform is not caught on something, preventing up
or down movement.
• If any CAN bus faults are active, troubleshoot those first.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
256
DRIVE PREVENTED - POTHOLE NOT ENGAGED
Driving is not possible while elevated
since the pot-hole protection system
failed to deploy.
257
ELEV PROX PERMANENTLY The elevation proximity switch shows the • Verify that an elevation proximity switch is present on the
CLOSED - CHECK PROX AND platform to be stowed, while the elevation
machine. If not, ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP ->
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
angle sensor shows the platform to be
ELEV PROX is set to NOT INSTALLED. If the switch is present, set
raised. The elevation proximity switch is
ELEV PROX to INSTALLED and check switch continuity. The
only found on certain older lifts. This
switch should close when placed in close proximity to ferrous
switch is not used on current machines so
metal.
this DTC should not occur.
258
DRIVE & LIFT PREVENTED BRAKES ELECTRICALLY
RELEASED FOR TOWING
3121222
• Check for obstructions or mechanical problems around the pothole protection mechanisms.
• Check that the PHP switches are securely mounted.
• Adjust pot-hole protection switches.
• Check the pothole protection switches signal and wiring to the
ground board. The left pot-hole protection switch input (24V) is
from ground board terminal J1-9, and its output (24V when
deployed) is to ground board terminal J1-10. The right pot-hole
protection switch input (24V) is from ground board terminal J117, and its output (24V when deployed) is to ground board terminal J1-18.
Manual brake release mode is activated • Push manual brake release switch again or cycle power to clear
with the switch in the battery box near the
manual brake release mode.
ground control box. Drive or lift is not pos- • Check if the brake release switch is obstructed or jammed.
sible.
• Check the brake release switch signal and wiring to the ground
board. The switch input (24V) is from ground board terminal J119, and its output (24V when closed) is to ground board terminal
J1-20.
• Replace ground board.
– JLG Lift –
8-9
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
2-5 Function Prevented
DTC
259
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
MODEL CHANGED The model selection has been changed. • Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MODEL NUMBER.
HYDRAULICS SUSPENDED • Replace ground board.
CYCLE EMS
2510 DRIVE PREVENTED BRAKES NOT RELEASING
While driving on a level surface, armature • Ensure vehicle is not stuck on something preventing movement.
current was > 150A for five seconds.
• Check / repair drive motor wiring, brakes or mechanical issues.
Brakes assumed to not be releasing properly.
2511
The input voltage from the elevation
angle sensor indicates the elevation
angle sensor is not mounted.
ELEV ANGLE SENSOR
FAULTY - NOT MOUNTED
2512 ELEV ANGLE SENSOR NOT
DETECTING CHANGE
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
• Check that the elevation angle sensor mechanisms are intact.
• Replace elevation angle sensor.
The input voltage from the elevation
• Check that the elevation angle sensor is securely mounted.
angle sensor did not change while vehicle • Check elevation angle sensor is not jammed or obstructed.
was lifting up.
• If there are any other elevation angle sensor, joystick, or lift up
faults, troubleshoot them before continuing.
• Replace elevation angle sensor.
3-1 Line Contactor Open Circuit
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
The power modules line contactor did not • Check contactor main contact wiring to battery (+) terminal and
close when energized. Drive, steer and lift
power controller terminal B+.
up prevented.
• Contactor solenoid resistance should measure about 52 Ohms.
• Check contactor solenoid wiring to power module 12 position
connector terminal 8 and ground board terminal J1-19.
• Check that power module 12 position connector terminal 8 goes
from 24V to near 0V while contactor should be closing. If this
happens replace contactor.
• Replace the line contactor.
311
OPEN CIRCUIT LINE CONTACTOR
312
CONTACTOR DRIVER PER- The power modules line contactor drive
MANENTLY OFF
circuitry failed to energize when
requested. Drive, steer and lift up prevented.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 1 and ground
board socket J1-19.
• Contactor solenoid resistance should measure about 52 Ohms.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 2 and power
module connector socket 8.
• Replace power module.
3-2 Line Contactor Short Circuit
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
321
LINE CONTACTOR MISWIRED ON OR WELDED
8-10
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
Battery voltage was present at the power • Check wiring of contactor.
module B+ terminal at power up. Drive, • Check resistance between the studs of the contactor while dissteer and lift up prevented.
connected from the machine.
• Check contactor main contact wiring to battery (+) terminal and
power module terminal B+.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 1 and ground
board socket J1-19.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 2 and power
module 12 position connector terminal 8.
• Measure voltage between power model B+ and B- terminals. If
24V is present, replace line contactor.
• Replace power module.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
3-2 Line Contactor Short Circuit
DTC
322
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
CONTACTOR DRIVER PER- The power modules line contactor drive
MANENTLY ON
circuitry failed to de-energize when
requested. Drive, steer and lift up prevented.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 1 and ground
board socket J1-19.
• Check continuity between contactor connector pin 2 and power
module 12 position connector terminal 8.
• Replace power module.
3-3 Ground Output Driver
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
331
BRAKE SHORT TO BATTERY The ground board detected voltage while • Ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> ELEV PROX is set to
the brake solenoid was commanded off.
NOT INSTALLED.
332
BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT
333
LIFT UP SHORT TO BATTERY The ground board detected voltage while • Check for continuity through this circuit. The lift up solenoid resisthe lift up solenoid was commanded off at
tance should measure about 30 Ohms. The lift up solenoid is
power up.
powered with 24V from ground board J1-25, and its ground is to
ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
334
LIFT UP OPEN CIRCUIT
335
LIFT DN SHORT TO BATTERY The ground board detected voltage while • Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> ELEV PROX is set to
NOT INSTALLED
the lift down solenoid was commanded
• Check for continuity through this circuit. The lift down solenoid
off.
resistance should measure about 20 Ohms. The lift down solenoid is powered (PWM) by ground board J1-26, and its ground is
to ground board J1-27.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
336
LIFT DN OPEN CIRCUIT
337
STEER LEFT SHORT TO BAT- The ground board detected voltage while • Check for continuity through this circuit. Steer left solenoid resisTERY
the steer left solenoid was commanded
tance should measure about 30 Ohms. The steer left solenoid is
off at power up.
powered with 24V from ground board J1-21, and its ground is to
ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3121222
The ground board did not detect current • Ensure ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> ELEV PROX is set to
flow to the brake solenoid during normal
NOT INSTALLED.
operation.
The ground board did not detect current
flow to the lift up solenoid during power
up.
The ground board did not detect current
flow to the lift down solenoid during normal operation.
• Check for continuity through this circuit. The lift up solenoid resistance should measure about 30 Ohms. The lift up solenoid is
powered with 24V from ground board J1-25, and its ground is to
ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
• Check for continuity through this circuit. The lift down solenoid
resistance should measure about 20 Ohms. The lift down solenoid is powered (PWM) by ground board J1-26, and its ground is
to ground board J1-27.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
– JLG Lift –
8-11
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
3-3 Ground Output Driver
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
• Check for continuity through this circuit. Steer left solenoid resistance should measure about 30 Ohms. The steer left solenoid is
powered with 24V from ground board J1-21, and its ground is to
ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
338
STEER LEFT OPEN CIRCUIT The ground board did not detect current
flow to the steer left solenoid during normal operation.
339
STEER RIGHT SHORT TO
BATTERY
The ground board detected voltage while • Check for continuity through this circuit. Steer right solenoid
the steer right solenoid was commanded
resistance should measure about 30 Ohms. The steer right soleoff.
noid is powered with 24V from ground board J1-22, and its
ground is to ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3310 STEER RIGHT OPEN CIRCUIT
The ground board did not detect current • Check for continuity through this circuit. Steer right solenoid
flow to the steer right solenoid during norresistance should measure about 30 Ohms. The steer right solemal operation.
noid is powered with 24V from ground board J1-22, and its
ground is to ground board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3311
GROUND ALARM SHORT TO The ground board detected voltage while • Check for continuity through this circuit. The ground alarm soleBATTERY
the ground alarm was commanded off.
noid is powered with 24V from ground board J1-19, its PWM signal is from ground board J1-28, and its ground is to ground board
J1-30, 37. There should be about 1500 Ohms between ground
alarm connector pin 1 and pin 3.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3312 LEFT BRAKE SHORT TO BAT- The ground board detected voltage while • Check for continuity through this circuit. The left brake is powered
TERY
the left brake was commanded off.
with 24V from ground board J1-23, and its ground is to ground
board J1-30, 37. Brake solenoid resistance should measure
about 20 Ohms.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3313 RIGHT BRAKE SHORT TO
BATTERY
Voltage was detected on the right brake
solenoid when the ground board output
was commanded off during power-up.
• Check for continuity through this circuit. Brake solenoid resistance should measure about 20 Ohms. The right brake is powered
with 24V from ground board J1-24, and its ground is to ground
board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3314 LEFT BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT Current flow to the left brake solenoid was • Check for continuity through this circuit. The left brake is powered
not detected during normal left brake
with 24V from ground board J1-23, and its ground is to ground
operation.
board J1-30, 37. Brake solenoid resistance should measure
about 20 Ohms.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
3315 RIGHT BRAKE OPEN CIRCUIT
8-12
The ground board did not detect current • Check for continuity through this circuit. Brake solenoid resisflow to the right brake during normal opertance should measure about 20 Ohms. The right brake is powered
ation.
with 24V from ground board J1-24, and its ground is to ground
board J1-30, 37.
• Inspect the wiring for physical damage.
• Replace ground board.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
3-3 Ground Output Driver
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
33297 LEFT BRAKE - SHORT TO
GROUND
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
Drive and Steer Prevented
• Excessive current flow to the Left Brake Solenoid was detected (J134 NLB).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33298 STEER LEFT VALVE - SHORT Drive, Steer and Lift Up Prevented
TO GROUND
• Excessive current flow to the steer left solenoid detected (J2-9
NLV).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33299 LINE CONTACTOR COIL SHORT TO BATTERY
Drive, Lift and Steer Prevented
• Voltage from an external source was detected on the Negative
Main Line Contactor.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33302 NEGATIVE SUPPLY - SHORT Drive, Lift, and Steer Prevented
TO BATTERY
• At power-up, the system module detected an external short on
J1-12, J1-17, J1-23, J2-14 or J2-15. Normally these pins are
grounded by the System Module. All functions are prevented to
protect the control system.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33303 NEGATIVE SUPPLY - SHORT Drive, Lift and Steer Prevented
TO GROUND
• At power-up, the System Module detected an external short on
J1-12, J1-17, J2-14 or J2-15. Normally these pins are grounded
by the System Module. Since the external ground may compromise integrity, all functions will be prevented.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33304 RIGHT BRAKE - SHORT TO
GROUND
Drive, and Steer Prevented
• Excessive current flow to the Right Brake solenoid was detected
(J1-33 NRB).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33305 STEER RIGHT VALVE SHORT TO GROUND
Drive, Steer, and Lift Up Prevented
• Excessive current flow to the Steer Right Solenoid was detected
(J2-18 NRV).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33406 LiFT UP VALVE - SHORT TO
GROUND
Drive, Steer, and Lift Up Prevented
• Excessive current flow to the Lift Up Solenlid was detected at (J22 PDV or J2-16 NDV).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
33407 LIFT DN VALVE - SHORT TO
GROUND
Lift Up and Down Prevented
• Excessive current flow to the Lift Down Solenoid was detected
(J2-16 NDV).
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
4-2 Thermal Limit (SOA)
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
421
POWER MODULE TOO HOT - The power module has reached thermal • Power down and allow to cool.
PLEASE WAIT
cutout.
• Do not operate in ambients over 140° F (60° C).
• Check for jammed or obstructed drive motors.
• Check for excessively high current consumption in the pump,
ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> PUMP -> PUMP CUR over 130
Amps with an empty deck.
• Check for excessively high traction current consumption, ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> TRACTION -> ARM CUR over 120
Amps while driving on the level.
422
DRIVING AT CUTBACK The drive portion of the power module
POWER MODULE CURRENT has reached thermal limit.
LIMIT
3121222
• Check for jammed or obstructed drive motors.
• Check for excessively high traction current consumption, ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> TRACTION -> ARM CUR over 120
Amps while driving on the level.
– JLG Lift –
8-13
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
4-2 Thermal Limit (SOA)
DTC
423
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
LIFT UP AT CUTBACK The lift up portion of the power module
POWER MODULE CURRENT has reached thermal limit.
LIMIT
• Check for jammed or obstructed arm stack or pivot bushing.
• Check for excessively high current consumption in the pump,
ANALYZER -> DIAGNOSTICS -> PUMP -> PUMP CUR over 130
Amps with an empty deck.
• Refer to Pump Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 4.8.
4-4 Battery Supply
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
441
BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO
The power module momentarily mea• Recharge batteries or check for damaged batteries.
LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN sured battery voltage under 14.5V
• Check battery charger function.
between ground board J1-39 and ground
board J1-40.
442
BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO
The power module momentarily meaHIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN sured battery voltage > 37.0V.
443
LSS BATTERY VOLTAGE
TOO HIGH
The load sensing system module
• May be due to improper battery charging or incorrect voltage batmomentarily measured battery voltage >
teries being used.
34.0V.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
444
LSS BATTERY VOLTAGE
TOO LOW
The load sensing system module
• Recharge batteries or check for damaged batteries.
momentarily measured battery voltage < • Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
9V.
3124288.
446
LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
OUT OF RANGE
The system module logic supply voltage • This may be caused by a loose battery terminal, severely diswas measured to be out of normal operatcharged batteries, damaged battery, or an improper wire harness
ing range by the interface PCB (<11V).
connection.
• Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
4421 LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
OUT OF RANGE
The system module logic supply voltage • This may be caused by a loose battery terminal, severely discharged batteries, damaged battery, or an improper wire harness
was measured by the power PCB to be
connection.
more than 34V for 10uS.
• Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
4422 LOGIC SUPPLY VOLTAGE
OUT OF RANGE
The system module logic supply voltage • This may be caused by a loose battery terminal, severely diswas measured by the power PCB to be
charged batteries, damaged battery, or an improper wire harness
less than 11V for 10uS.
connection.
• Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
• May be due to improper battery charging or incorrect voltage batteries being used.
6-6 Communication
DTC
661
8-14
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
CANBUS FAILURE - POWER The control system failed to receive mes- • Check for 24V between power module 12 position connector terMODULE
sages from the power module.
minal 1 and the power module B- terminal. If this is the problem,
the line contactor may be cycling on and off, making a clicking
noise when the machine is powered.
• Disconnect ground board J1 and power module connector.
Ground board socket J1-31 to power module connector socket
10 should have continuity. Ground board socket J1-32 to power
module connector socket 11 should have continuity.
• Turn on machine in platform mode. If DTC 662 is present, troubleshoot that DTC before continuing.
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
6-6 Communication
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
CANBUS FAILURE - PLATFORM MODULE
In platform mode, the control system
• Turn on machine in ground mode. If DTC 661 is not present check
failed to receive messages from the platfor 24V between platform box connector terminals D and A. If not
form board.
24V, test continuity from platform box connector socket A to
ground board connector socket J1-6 and test continuity from platform box connector socket D to ground board connector socket
J1-7.
• If DTC 661 was present in the previous check, disconnect armstack passthru connector located near the ladder on the left. Turn
on in ground mode. If DTC 661 is not present then there is a problem in armstack harness. Armstack passthru socket 5 to platform
box terminal E should have continuity. Armstack passthru socket
6 to platform box connector terminal F should have continuity.
Armstack passthru socket 7 to platform box connector terminal G
should have continuity. Armstack passthru socket 5 to armstack
passthru socket 6 resistance should be 120 Ohms +/- 5%. Armstack passthru socket 5 to armstack passthru socket 7 should
measure open circuit. Armstack passthru socket 6 to armstack
passthru socket 7 should measure open circuit.
• Disconnect armstack passthru and ground board J1. Armstack
passthru pin 5 to ground board socket J1-11 should have continuity. Armstack passthru pin 6 to ground board socket J1-12
should have continuity. Armstack passthru pin 7 to ground board
socket J1-13 should have continuity. Armstack passthru pin 5 to
armstack passthru pin 6 should measure open circuit. Armstack
passthru pin 5 to armstack passthru pin 7 should measure open
circuit. Armstack passthru pin 6 to armstack passthru pin 7
should measure open circuit.
• Disconnect ground board J1 and power module connector.
Ground board socket J1-31 to power module connector socket
10 should have continuity. Ground board socket J1-32 to power
module connector socket 11 should have continuity. Ground
board socket J1-31 to J1-32 should measure open circuit.
Ground board socket J1-31 to J1-33 should measure open circuit. Ground board socket J1-32 to J1-33 should measure open
circuit.
• Ensure all connections opened above are reconnected. Disconnect power module connector. Turn on in platform mode. If DTC
662 is no longer present replace power module.
• If DTC 661 and 662 have been present through above steps
replace ground board.
Continued Next Page
662 CANBUS FAILURE - PLAT(Cont.) FORM MODULE
(Continued)
In platform mode, the control system
• Disconnect platform box connector. Open platform box. Disconfailed to receive messages from the platnect platform board connector. Platform box socket E to platform
form board.
board J1-3 should have continuity. Platform box socket F to platform board J1-4 should have continuity. Platform box pin E to pin
F should measure open circuit. Platform box pin E to pin G should
measure open circuit. Platform box pin F to pin G should measure
open circuit. If these checks are OK replace platform board.
662
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-15
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
6-6 Communication
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
663
CANBUS FAILURE - LOAD
With load sensing system enabled, the • Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MODEL NUMBER is
SENSING SYSTEM MODULE control system failed to receive mescorrect.
sages from the load sensing system mod- • Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> MARKET is correct.
ule.
• Check ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP -> LOAD is correct.
• Check for 24V between load sense system module connector J11 and J1-2.
• Turn on machine in platform mode. If DTC 662 is present, troubleshoot that DTC before continuing.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
664
CANBUS FAILURE - ACCES- An accessory module has stopped com- • Turn on machine in platform mode. If DTC 662 is present, troubleSORY MODULE
munication.
shoot that DTC before continuing.
• See accessory module documentation for troubleshooting.
6635 CANBUS FAILURE - CHASSIS Chassis Tilt Sensor messages not
TILT SENSOR
received for 1000 mS while B+ is
present on J1-28
• The control system failed to receive messages from the Chassis
Tilt Sensor located inside the Ground Control Box.
• Ensure that +B is present on pin 1 of the sensor, and -B is
present on pin 4. Check the CANbus wiring to pins 2 and 3 of the
sensor.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
6-7 Accessory
DTC
671
FAULT MESSAGE
ACCESSORY FAULT
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
An accessory module is reporting a fault. • See accessory module documentation for troubleshooting.
7-7 Electric Motor
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
The power module detected a problem in • Refer to Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.5.
the drive motors' power circuit wiring.
• Refer to Power Module Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.6.
771
OPEN CIRCUIT DRIVE
MOTOR WIRING
772
STALLED TRACTION MOTOR Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
OR POWER WIRING ERROR
• The System Module detected armature current feedback > 4.5V
or < 0.5V. This is mostly likely caused by a stalled traction motor
or power wiring issue. Alternately, it could be an internal fault.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
773
CAPACITOR BANK FAULT CHECK POWER CIRCUITS
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• There is an internal or external fault that prevents the System
Module’s capacitor bank from charging.
• The System Module detected that the VMN of the pump and traction has not increased more than 1.3V in 1000mS. Alternately,
the VMN of the pump or traction is less than 20% of battery voltage.
• If this message persists after disconnecting the drive and pump
wiring, there is an internal fault.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
774
SHORT CIRCUIT FIELD WIR- Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
ING
• The field wiring passed System Module power-up diagnostics.
However, an external short circuit was detected when current
was applied to F1 / F2. This situation is caused by improper field
wiring or a damaged motor.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
8-16
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
7-7 Electric Motor
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
775
OPEN CIRCUIT FIELD WIRING
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• The System Module applied field current, but could regulate the
desired current. The situation is caused by improper field wiring
or a damaged motor.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
776
STALLED PUMP MOTOR OR Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
POWER WIRING ERROR
• The System Module measured improper pump current feedback
(>4.5V or <0.5V) for 240mS. This is caused by a stalled pump
motor, a power wiring issue, or a System Module malfunction.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
777
OPEN CIRCUIT PUMP
MOTOR WIRING
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• The System Module measured pump current less than 8A while
the motor voltage was greater than 7V for 1200mS. This indicates there is an open-circuit between the System Module’s –P
terminal and the pump motor.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
778
TRACTION T HIGH - CHECK
POWER CIRCUITS
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• While driving, the voltage measured at the System Module’s T
terminal did not agree with the predicted value for at least 300mS.
This issue may be caused by a power wiring error or an internal
fault.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
779
TRACTION T LOW - CHECK
POWER CIRCUITS
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• While driving, the voltage measured at the System Module’s T
terminal did not agree with the predicted value for at least
1000mS. This issue may be caused by an opencircuit of the
armature wiring (+B and –T terminals) or an internal fault.
• VMN does not increase more than 1.3V
• VMN is less than 20% Battery Voltage
• Battery Voltage . VMN is greater than 4V
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
7710 PUMP P HIGH - CHECK
POWER CIRCUITS
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• While steering or lifting up, the voltage measured at the System
Module’s P terminal did not agree with the predicted value for at
least 240mS. This issue may be caused by a power wiring error
or an internal fault.
• Pump Feedback . Predicted >7V
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
7711 PUMP P LOW - CHECK
POWER CIRCUITS
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• While steering or lifting up, the voltage measured at the System
Module’s P terminal did not agree with the predicted value for at
least 1000mS. This issue may be caused by an open-circuit of
the pump wiring (+BF2 and –P terminals) or an internal fault.
• Pump feedback does not increase more than 1.3V
• Pump feedback is less than 20% Battery Voltage
• Battery Voltage - pump feedback is greater than 4V
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
7741 ARMATURE BRAKING CUR- Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
RENT TOO HIGH
• The System Module detected excessive braking current for more
than 5000mS. This can be caused by transporting an excessive
load on a steep grade. Alternately, this may indicate an internal
fault.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-17
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
7-7 Electric Motor
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
7742 FIELD VOLTAGE IMPROPER
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
Drive, Steer, and Lift Prevented
• The System Module voltage at the F1 and F2 terminals was
improper at power-up (expected to be ½ Battery Voltage). This is
caused by an open- or short-circuit in the field wiring or motor.
Disconnect the field and motor wiring from the System Module
and connect F1 / F2 with a short wire. If the situation persists
after a power cycle, it may be an internal issue.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
8-1 Tilt Sensor
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
811
TILT SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED
812
NO DATA FROM TILT SEN- No signal from tilt sensor.
SOR - NOT CONNECTED OR
FAULTY
CHECK
The tilt sensor calibration has not been
performed.
• Calibrate the tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
• Replace then calibrate tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
• Check tilt sensor connections and wiring in ground control box.
• Calibrate the tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
• Replace then calibrate tilt sensor, see Section 5.2.
8-2 Platform Load Sense
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
821
LSS CELL #1 ERROR
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
822
LSS CELL #2 ERROR
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
823
LSS CELL #3 ERROR
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
824
LSS CELL #4 ERROR
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
825
LSS HAS NOT BEEN CALIBRATED
The load sensing system module has not • Empty platform. Calibrate LSS, see Section 2.2: Calibration in the
been calibrated
LSS manual, 3124288.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
9-9 Hardware
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
991
LSS WATCHDOG RESET
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
992
LSS EEPROM ERROR
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
993
LSS INTERNAL ERROR - PIN A problem has been detected with the
EXCITATION
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
994
LSS INTERNAL ERROR DRDY MISSING FROM A/D
A problem has been detected with the
load sense system.
• Refer to Section 2.3: Troubleshooting in the LSS manual,
3124288.
995
POWER MODULE FAILURE - The power module detected an out-ofPERSONALITY RANGE
range or corrupt personality setting
ERROR
• Record all personality settings in ANALYZER -> PERSONALITIES
and ANALYZER -> MACHINE SETUP. Reset control system personalities to default settings by selecting a different model than
indicated, cycle power then select proper model. Then, enter personality settings recorded above.
8-18
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
9-9 Hardware
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
996
POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s analog to digital converter does not
respond for the power PCB. This is an internal failure.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
997
POWER MODULE FAILURE - The power module detected an error in
CHECK POWER CIRCUITS the power wiring for the drive or pump.
OR MOSFET SHORT CIRCUIT
• Refer to Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.5.
• Refer to Pump Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 4.8.
• Refer to Power Module Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.6.
998
EEPROM FAILURE - CHECK The control system detected an
ALL SETTINGS
EEPROM failure.
• Replace ground board.
999
FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - The power module software version is not • Replace power module to clear fault.
POWER MODULE SOFTcompatible with the rest of the system.
WARE VERSION IMPROPER
9910 FUNCTION LOCKED OUT - The platform board software version is • Reprogram platform board.
PLATFORM MODULE SOFT- not compatible with the rest of the system.
WARE VERSION IMPROPER
9911
FUNCTION LOCKED OUT LSS MODULE SOFTWARE
VERSION IMPROPER
The load sensing system module software version is not compatible with the
rest of the system.
• Replace LSS module to clear fault.
• Refer to Drive Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.5.
9912 POWER MODULE FAILURE - The ground board detected armature,
SYSTEM MONITOR
field, or pump current while function was • Refer to Pump Motor Electrical Evaluation in Section 4.8.
not commanded.
• Refer to Power Module Electrical Evaluation in Section 3.6.
9924 FUNCTIONS LOCKED OUT - The control system' s memory indicates • Use the JLG analyzer to adjust all machine setup and personality
MACHINE NOT CONFIGthat the vehicle has not been configured
settings, refer to 5.7 Machine Configuration Programming InforURED
(new control system components).
mation.
9950 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s armature power circuitry is driven without
PWM command for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9951 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s pump power circuitry is driven without
enable from the interface PCB for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9952 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s pump power circuitry is driven without
PWM command for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9953 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s field power circuitry is driven without
enable from the interface PCB for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9954 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s field power circuitry is driven without
reverse direction from the power PCB for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9955 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s field power circuitry is driven without forward selection from the power PCB for 100mS.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-19
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
9-9 Hardware
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
9956 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s field current control or MOSFET’s are malfunctioning.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9957 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s hardware that generates an interrupt at 36V
and 12V did not respond properly at power-up.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9958 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s pump current measurement or MOSFET are
malfunctioning.
• Pump current measurement >2.74V or <2.26V for 200mS while
idle.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9960 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module detected an issue with the traction current
measurement or the MOSFET’s.
• Armature current feedback >2.74V or < 2.26V while idle
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9962 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s temperature feedback is >4.9V or <0.1V.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9963 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module detected a mismatch in the redundant RAM
information stored in the power PCB.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
9964 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s analog to digital converter does not
respond for the interface PCB.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9969 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s MC/EB/EV/DV Enable is always on. This is
internal fault.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
9970 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module detected a mismatch in the redundant RAM
information stored in the interface PCB.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - ON
9971 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s MC/EB valve activation pin is shorted. This
is an internal fault.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99143 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s power and interface PCB digital inputs do
not agree.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99144 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s MC feedback from the interface PCB disagrees with the feedback from the power PCB.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
8-20
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
9-9 Hardware
DTC
FAULT MESSAGE
DESCRIPTION
CHECK
99145 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s enable for the power PCB requested a drive
motor or valve activation when not expected.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99146 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s lift down feedback voltage to the interface
and power PCB’s disagrees.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99147 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s VMN feedback voltage to the interface and
power PCB’s disagrees.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99148 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module’s setpoint request from the interface PCB
does not match the input state.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
99149 POWER MODULE FAILURE - Drive, Steer, & Lift Prevented
INTERNAL ERROR
• The System Module encountered an unexpected software issue.
• Cycle machine, if error still exists, replace System Module.
• ZAPI - HEALTH (Status LED) - FLASHING
3121222
– JLG Lift –
8-21
SECTION 8 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
NOTES:
8-22
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
SECTION 9. GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.1
GENERAL
This section contains schematics to be used for locating and correcting most of the operating problems which may develop.
If a problem should develop which is not presented in this section or which is not corrected by listed corrective actions, technically qualified guidance should be obtained before proceeding with any maintenance.
9.2
MULTIMETER BASICS
A wide variety of multimeters or Volt Ohm Meters (VOM) can be used for troubleshooting your equipment. A digital meter
with reasonable accuracy (within 7%) is recommended for the measurements in these procedures. This section shows diagrams of a common, digital VOM configured for several different circuit measurements. Instructions for your VOM may vary.
Please consult the meter operator’s manual for more information.
Grounding
"Grounding the meter" means to take the black lead (which is connected to the COM (common) or negative port) and touch
it to a good path to the negative side of the voltage source.
Backprobing
To "backprobe" means to take the measurement by accessing a connector’s contact on the same side as the wires, the back
of the connector. Readings can be done while maintaining circuit continuity this way. If the connector is the sealed type,
great care must be taken to avoid damaging the seal around the wire. It is best to use probes or probe tips specifically
designed for this technique, especially on sealed connectors. Whenever possible insert probes into the side of the connector such that the test also checks both terminals of the connection. It is possible to inspect a connection within a closed connector by backprobing both sides of a connector terminal and measuring resistance. Do this after giving each wire a gentle
pull to ensure the wires are still attached to the contact and contacts are seated in the connector.
Min/Max
Use of the "Min/Max" recording feature of some meters can help when taking measurements of intermittent conditions while
alone. For example, you can read the voltage applied to a solenoid when it is only operational while a switch, far from the
solenoid and meter, is held down.
Polarity
Finding a negative voltage or current reading when expecting a positive reading frequently means the leads are reversed.
Check what reading is expected, the location of the signal and that the leads are connected to the device under test correctly. Also check that the lead on the "COM" port goes to the ground or negative side of the signal and the lead on the other
port goes to the positive side of the signal.
Scale
M = Mega = 1,000,000 * (Displayed Number)
k = kilo = 1,000 * (Displayed Number)
m = milli = (Displayed Number) / 1,000
μ = micro = (Displayed Number) / 1,000,000
Example: 1.2 k = 1200 
Example: 50 mA = 0.05 A
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-1
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Voltage Measurement
Resistance Measurement
Figure 9-1. Voltage Measurement (DC)
Figure 9-2. Resistance Measurement
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual)
• First test meter and leads by touching leads together.
Resistance should read a short circuit (very low resistance)
• Use firm contact with meter leads
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
resistance
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multimeter’s operation manual)
• Use firm contact with meter leads
9-2
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Continuity Measurement
Current Measurement
Figure 9-3. Continuity Measurement
Figure 9-4. Current Measurement (DC)
• Some meters require a separate button press to
enable audible continuity testing
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing continuity
• Set up the meter for the expected current range
• Be sure to connect the meter leads to the correct
jacks for the current range you have selected
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct range
(See multi meter’s operation manual)
• Use firm contact with meter leads
• Use firm contact with meter leads
• First test meter and leads by touching leads together.
Meter should produce an audible alarm, indicating
continuity
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-3
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Continuity Measurement Over Long Distances
When trying to determine continuity of a harness or wire, longer than the reach of standard instrument leads, is possible to
perform the check without excessively long leads. Using the other wires in the harness one can determine the condition of a
particular wire in the harness.
Requirements:
• Harness with at least three separate wires including the wire under test.
• These wires must be able to be isolated from other wires, etc.
• Jumper or method to connect contacts on one side of harness.
• Meter that can measure resistance or continuity.
Procedure
Test multimeter leads resistance. Subtract this value from the measured resistance of the wires to get a more accurate measurement.
Consult the circuit schematic to determine which wires to use in addition to wire under test, here called wire #1 and wire #2,
and how to isolate these wires. These wires should appear in the same connectors as the wire under test or are within reach
of the jumper.
1. Disconnect all connections associated with the wire under test and the two additional wires. If harness is not completely isolated disconnect battery terminals also, as a precaution.
2. Measure continuity between all three wires, the wire under test, wire #1 and wire #2. These should be open. If not,
repair the shorted wires or replace the harness.
3. On one side, jumper from contact of wire #1 and wire #2.
4. Measure continuity between wire #1 and wire #2. If there is continuity, both wires are good and can be used for this
test. If there is not continuity, either wire could be bad. Check connections and measurement setup. Redo measurement. If still no continuity, repair wires or consult schematic for other wires to use for test.
5. Jumper from wire under test to wire #1.
6. Measure continuity. If there is continuity, the wire under test is good. Resistance of a wire increases as the length
increases and as the diameter decreases.
One can find the continuity of two wires, here #1 and #2, at once by following steps 1 through 4. If there is a problem the
third wire is used to troubleshoot the other wires. To find the problem, start at step 1 and use the entire procedure.
9-4
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.3
ELECTRICAL SWITCH TESTING
Basic Check
The following check determines if the switch is functioning properly, not the circuit in which the switch is placed. A switch is
functioning properly when there is continuity between the correct terminals or contacts only when selected.
1. De-energize the circuit.
2. Isolate the switch from the rest of the circuit if possible. If not possible, keep in mind it may affect readings.
3. Access the terminals to the switch.
4. If the switch has two terminals:
a. Measure resistance across the terminals.
b. Change the switch position.
c. Measure resistance again with the leads in the same positions. If the meter was reading short, it should read an
open. If the meter was reading open it should read short.
5. If the switch has more than two terminals, consult the schematic or switch diagram to determine what terminals will be
connected. The test is similar to testing a switch with two terminals.
a. Place one meter lead on the common contact and the other on a different contact in the same circuit.
b. Cycle through all positions of the switch. The meter should read short only when the switch connects the two terminals and open otherwise.
c. If the switch has more than one common contact repeat the process for that circuit.
Limit Switches
Limit switches are used to control movement or indicate position. Mechanical limit switches are just like manually operated
switches except that the moving object operates the switch. These switches can be tested the same way as a standard
switch by manually operating the sensing arm.
Another type of limit switch used by JLG is the inductive proximity switch, also referred to as a "prox switch". Inductive proximity switches are actuated only by ferrous metal (metal that contains Iron, such as steel) near the switch. They do not
require contact, and must be energized to actuate. These types of switches can be used to detect boom or platform position,
for example. These switches have a sensing face where the switch can detect ferrous metal close to it. To find the sensing
face, take note how the switch is mounted and how the mechanisms meet the switch. Test this type of switch as follows:
1. Remove prox switch from its mount.
2. Reconnect harness if it was disconnected for step 1, and turn on machine.
3. Hold switch away from metal and observe switch state in the control system diagnostics using the Analyzer. See vehicle or control system documentation on how to do this.
4. Place sensing face of switch on the object to be sensed by the switch. If that is not available, use a piece of ferrous
metal physically similar to it. The switch state in the control system diagnostics should change.
5. When reinstalling or replacing switch be sure to follow mounting instructions and properly set the gap between the
switch and object sensed.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-5
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Automatic Switches
If the switch is actuated automatically, by temperature or pressure for example, find a way to manually actuate the switch to
test it. Do this either by applying heat or pressure, for example, to the switch. These switches may need to be energized to
actuate.
1. Connect instrumentation to monitor and/or control the parameter the switch is measuring.
2. Observe switch state in control system with the Analyzer. See vehicle or control system documentation on how to do
this.
3. Operate system such that the switch actuates. This could be going over a certain pressure or temperature, for example. The state indicated in the control system should change.
Switch Wiring - Low Side, High Side
When controlling a load, a switch can be wired between the positive side of the power source and the load. This switch is
called a "high side" switch. The switch supplies the power to the load. When a switch is wired between the negative side of
the power source and the load, it is a "low side" switch. The switch provides the ground to the load.
A low side switch will allow voltage to be present on the load. No power is applied because the switch is stopping current
flow. This voltage can be seen if the measurement is taken with one test lead on the load and the other on the battery negative side or grounded to the vehicle. What is actually being measured is the voltage drop across the switch. This could mislead a technician into thinking the load is receiving power but not operating. To produce an accurate picture of power or
voltage applied to the load, measure voltage across the load’s power terminals. Also, the technician can measure the voltage at both power terminals with respect to battery ground. The difference between those two measurements is the voltage
applied to the load.
9-6
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.4
APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC COMPOUND TO AMP CONNECTORS
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on the AMP connections for the following reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between male and female pins.
• To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level conductivity between pins when wet.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric Compound to the electrical connectors.
1. To prevent oxidation and low level conductivity, silicone dielectric grease must be packed completely around male and
female pins on the inside of the connector after the mating of the housing to the header. This is easily achieved by
using a syringe to fill the header with silicone dielectric compound, to a point just above the top of the male pins inside
the header. When assembling the housing to the header, it is possible that the housing will become air locked, thus
preventing the housing latch from engaging.
2. Pierce one of the unused wire seals to allow the trapped air inside the housing to escape.
3. Install a hole plug into this and/or any unused wire seal that has silicone dielectric compound escaping from it.
AMP Connector
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-7
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Assembly
Check to be sure the wedge lock is in the open, or as-shipped, position (See Connector Assembly Figure 1). Proceed as follows:
Connector Assembly Figure 1
1. To insert a contact, push it straight into the appropriate circuit cavity as far as it will go (See Connector Assembly Figure 2).
2. Pull back on the contact wire with a force of 1 or 2 lbs. to be sure the retention fingers are holding the contact (See
Connector Assembly Figure 2).
3. After all required contacts have been inserted, the wedge lock must be closed to its locked position. Release the locking latches by squeezing them inward (See Connector Assembly Figure 3).
4. Slide the wedge lock into the housing until it is flush with the housing (See Connector Assembly Figure 4).
Connector Assembly Figure 2
9-8
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Connector Assembly Figure 3
Connector Assembly Figure 4
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-9
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Disassembly
5. Insert a 4.8 mm (3/16”) wide screwdriver blade between the mating seal and one of the red wedge lock tabs.
6. Pry open the wedge lock to the open position.
7. While rotating the wire back and forth over a half turn (1/4 turn in each direction), gently pull the wire until the contact is
removed.
Connector Disassembly
NOTE: The wedge lock should never be removed from the housing for insertion or removal of the contacts.
Wedge Lock
The wedge lock has slotted openings in the forward, or mating end. These slots accommodate circuit testing in the field, by
using a flat probe such as a pocket knife. DO NOT use a sharp point such as an ice pick.
Service - Voltage Reading
DO NOT PIERCE WIRE INSULATION TO TAKE VOLTAGE READINGS.
It has been common practice in electrical troubleshooting to probe wires by piercing the insulation with a sharp point. This
practice should be discouraged when dealing with the AMPSEAL plug assembly, or any other sealed connector system. The
resulting pinholes in the insulation will allow moisture to invade the system by traveling along the wire strands. This nullifies
the effectiveness of the connector seals and could result in system failure.
9-10
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Figure 9-5. Connector Installation
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-11
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.5
WORKING WITH DEUTSCH CONNECTORS
DT/DTP Series Assembly
Figure 9-6. DT/DTP Contact Installation
1. Grasp crimped contact about 25mm behind the contact barrel.
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you.
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a click is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly locked in
place.
4. Once all contacts are in place, insert wedgelock with arrow pointing toward exterior locking mechanism. The wedgelock will snap into place. Rectangular wedges are not oriented. Thy may go in either way.
NOTE: The receptacle is shown - use the same procedure for plug.
DT/DTP Series Disassembly
Figure 9-7. DT/DTP Contact Removal
5. Remove wedgelock using needlenose pliers or a hook shaped wire to pull wedge straight out.
6. To remove the contacts, gently pull wire backwards, while at the same time releasing the locking finger by moving it
away from the contact with a screwdriver.
7. Hold the rear seal in place, as removing the contact may displace the seal.
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly
Figure 9-8. HD/HDP Contact Installation
8. Grasp contact about 25mm behind the contact crimp barrel.
9. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you.
9-12
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
10. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a positive stop is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly
locked in place.
Figure 9-9. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position
NOTE: For unused wire cavities, insert sealing plugs for full environmental sealing
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly
Figure 9-10. HD/HDP Contact Removal
11. With rear insert toward you, snap appropriate size extractor tool over the wire of contact to be removed.
12. Slide tool along into the insert cavity until it engages contact and resistance is felt.
13. Pull contact-wire assembly out of connector.
Figure 9-11. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts
NOTE: Do Not twist or insert tool at an angle.
9.6
X-CONNECTOR REFERENCES
Throughout this Service Manual, electrical connectors are given a three digit identifier number preceded with an “X” for
identifying and locating the specific connector.
See Section 9.8, X-CONNECTOR ID INDEX for description of "X" connectors and Figure 9-12. on page 9-20, and Figure 913. on page 9-21 for location of "X" connectors on the machine.
Example of "X" connector usage nomenclature:
[X006.21] refers to terminal 21 (pin and socket) of connector X006.
[X006.21.soc] refers to the socket side of terminal 21, connector X006.
[X006.21.pin] refers to the pin side of terminal 21, connector X006.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-13
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.7
CONNECTOR LOADING DIAGRAMS
Table 9-1. Connector Loading Diagrams
ID
AMP02P
Description
Diagram
Amp 2 position plug
2
1
AMP02R
Amp 2 position receptacle
2
1
Amp Commercial 2
position plug
2
AMPC02P
1
2
1
AMP04P
Amp 4 position plug
4
3
2
1
AMP04R
Amp 4 position receptacle
4
3
1
AMP09P
Amp 9 position plug
2
1
3
6
4
9
7
8
CXA08P
Conxall 8 position plug
7
1
2
6
8
5
3
4
9-14
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Table 9-1. Connector Loading Diagrams (Continued)
ID
DHD14P
Description
Diagram
Deutsch 14 position HD
series alum. Plug
PE
N
D
M
F
A
C
G
B
L
H
K
J
REAR VIEW
DHD14R
Deutsch 14 position HD
series alum. Receptacle
EP
N
D
F
G
M
C
A
B
L
K
H
J
REAR VIEW
DRC40P
Deutsch 40 position plug
1
5
6
10
11
21
20
30
31
DT02P
35
36
40
Deutsch 2 position DT
series plug
1
DT02R
2
Deutsch 2 position DT
series receptacle
2
DT03P
1
Deutsch 3 position DT
series plug
A
B
C
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-15
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Table 9-1. Connector Loading Diagrams (Continued)
ID
Description
DT06AP
Deutsch 6 position DT
series plug
DT06R
Deutsch 6 position DT
series receptacle
DT08AP
Deutsch 8 position DT
series plug with A keys
DT08AR
Deutsch 8 position DT
series receptacle with A
keys
DTM12AP
Deutsch 12 position DT
series mini plug with A
key
DTM12BP
Deutsch 12 position DT
series mini plug with B
key
Diagram
7
9-16
9
10 11 12
6
5
4
3
7
8
9
10 11 12
6
E06P
8
5
4
3
2
2
1
1
Eaton Toggle Switch
– JLG Lift –
1
4
2
5
3
6
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Table 9-1. Connector Loading Diagrams (Continued)
ID
Description
MMF03P
Diagram
Molex 3 position plug
3
MMF12P
2
1
Molex Mini Fit 12 position plug
7
8
1
MMF16P
Molex Mini Fit 16 position plug
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
6
12 13
9 10 11
14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9.8
X-CONNECTOR ID INDEX
ID
X001
X002
X003
X008
X009
X010
X011
X012
X013
X014
X017
X018
X019
X020
X021
X022
X023
X024
X025
X026
X027
X028
X029
3121222
Table 9-2. X-Connector ID Index
Description
End 1 ID
Ground Module J1
Ground Module J2
Ground Module J3
Battery +
RH Pothole Switch
Ground Passthru
Diagnostic Port
Brake Release Power
Brake Release Ign
Beacon
Arm Stack Passthru
Charger Interlock
Charger Plug
Charger
Battery Ground Alarm
LH Pothole Switch
Left Brake
Right Brake
Contactor
Power Module
LED Display
Overload +
End 2 ID
DRC40P
AMP09P
AMP04P
AMP04P
AMP04R
AMP04R
DT02R
DT08AR
AMP02P
DT08AP
AMP02R
DT06AP
DT06R
DT03P
DT02R
DT02R
DT02R
MMF12P
AMP04R
– JLG Lift –
DT02P
DT02P
9-17
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
ID
X030
X031
X032
X033
X034
X035
X036
X037
X038
X039
X040
X041
X042
X043
X044
X046
X047
X048
X049
X050
X051
X052
X053
X054
X056
X057
X058
X059
X060
X061
X062
X063
X064
X065
X066
X069
X070
X071
X072
X073
X074
X075
X076
X077
X078
X079
X080
9-18
Table 9-2. X-Connector ID Index
Description
End 1 ID
Overload Hourmeter Hourmeter +
Circuitbreaker Out
Circuitbreaker In
Gnd E-Stop In
Gnd E-Stop Out
Lift Switch
Key Common
Key Ground
Key Platform
Lift Down Valve
Steer Right Valve
Lift Up Valve
Steer Left Valve
Platform Box
Platform E-Stop Out
Platform E-Stop In
Joystick
Platform Module J1
Platform Lift Drive Switch
Platform Alarm +
Platform Alarm Platform Horn Switch
Inverter Switch Out
Inverter Switch In
Contactor Supply
Contactor Out
Power Module BPower Module F1
Power Module F2
Left Motor Power Mod M1
Power Module P
Power Module B+ from Contactor
Left Motor Power Mod M2
Pump Motor +
Pump Motor Battery 1 + to Contactor
Battery 1 Battery 2 +
Battery 2 Battery Disconnect
Battery 3 +
Battery 3 Battery 4 +
Battery 4 - to Power Mod
Right Motor Field Cross
– JLG Lift –
End 2 ID
E06P
DT02P
DT02P
DT02P
DT02P
DHD14P
DHD14R
AMP09P
MMF16P
MMF03P
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
ID
X081
X082
X083
X084
X085
X086
X087
X088
X089
X090
X091
X092
X093
X094
X095
X096
X097
X098
X099
X104
X105
X106
X107
X108
X109
X110
X111
X112
3121222
Table 9-2. X-Connector ID Index
Description
End 1 ID
Left Motor Field Cross
Inverter Control
Right Motor Power Mod M1
Power Mod B + to Pump Motor
Right Motor Power Mod M2
Battery 1 + to Inverter +
Inverter +
Battery 4 - to Inverter Inverter Right Wheel Brake Solenoid
Left Wheel Brake Solenoid
Right Wheel +
Left Wheel +
Right Wheel Left Wheel Right Wheel Field from F1
Left Wheel Field from F2
Right Wheel Field Common
Left Wheel Field Common
1230 Footswitch Chassis
1230 Footswitch Platform
1230 Footswitch J1
1230 Footswitch J2
1230 Mast Passthru
1230 Proximity Switch
Inverter AC input
Inverter AC output
Charger AC input
– JLG Lift –
End 2 ID
CXA08P
AMPC02P
AMPC02P
DT08AP
DT08AR
DTM12BP
DTM12AP
DT08AP
DT02P
9-19
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.9
MACHINE LOCATION OF COMPONENT X-CONNECTORS
X029
X060
X016
X062
X063
X064
X065
X066
X083
X084
X085
X047
X048
X049
X052
X053
X050
X051
X052
X026
X058
X059
X046
X021
X076
X077
X078
X079
X088
X091
X093
X095
X097
X099
X014
X090
X092
X094
X096
X098
X023
X109
X009
X018
X019
X020
X082
X087
X089
X110
X111
X112
X104
X105
X106
X107
X108
X022
X011
X024
X025
X080
X081
X056
X057
X012
X013
SEE GROUND
MODULE DETAIL
X008
X071
X072
X073
X074
X075
X086
X041
X042
X043
X069
X070
Figure 9-12. 1230ES - Location of Component X-Connectors on Machine.
9-20
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
X003
X002
X001
X029
X030
X033
X034
X028
X031
X032
(1 WIRE)
X035
X040
X003
X038
X010
X039
X036
X037
(2 WIRES)
Figure 9-13. 1230ES -Location of Component X-Connectors on Ground Control Module.
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-21
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.10 ELECTRICAL LAYOUT AND SCHEMATICS
PLATFORM CONSOLE
BOX
BRAKE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
PLATFORM
RECEPTACLE
PUMP/
MOTOR/
TANK
MODULE
(JAPANESE
SPEC)
J2
ALARM
J1
BEACON LIGHT
POTHOLE PROTECTION
SWITCHES
R
DIAGNOSTIC
ANALYZER
L
GROUND CONTROL
BOX
DRIVE MOTORS
Figure 9-14. 1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1600346 Drive Module)
9-22
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
BATTERIES
BATTERY
CHARGER
BATTERY
CHARGER/
INVERTER
INVERTER
POWER
SWITCH
TO AC
POWER
CONTACTOR
RELAY
PROXIMITY
SENSOR
LIFT
CYLINDER
POWER MODULE
Figure 9-14., 1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1600346 Drive Module)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-23
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
BRAKE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
PLATFORM CONSOLE
BOX
PLATFORM
RECEPTACLE
PUMP/
MOTOR/
TANK
ALARM
BEACON LIGHT
HANDHELD ANALYZER CONNECTION
GROUND
CONTROL
BOX
POTHOLE PROTECTION
SWITCHES
DRIVE MOTORS
Figure 9-15. 1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1001092456 Drive Module)
9-24
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
BATTERIES
BATTERY
CHARGER
BATTERY
CHARGER/
INVERTER
INVERTER
POWER
SWITCH
TO AC
POWER
RELAY
DRIVE
CONTROLLER
+BF1
–T
PROXIMITY
SENSOR
J1
+B
LIFT
CYLINDER
+BF2
–B
J2
–P
CONTACTOR
RELAY
F1 F2
Figure 9-15., 1230ES - Overview of Electrical System Components. (1001092456 Drive Module)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-25
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Figure 9-16. Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1600346 Drive Module)
9-26
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
1870188_E
Figure 9-16., Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1600346 Drive Module)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-27
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Figure 9-17. Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module)
9-28
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
1001114879_F-1
Figure 9-17., Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-29
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Figure 9-18. Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module)
9-30
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
1001114879_F-2
Figure 9-17., Electrical Schematic. (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module)
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-31
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
1001114879_F-3
Figure 9-19. Electrical Schematic (Ground Control Module) - (Machines with 1001092546 Drive Module)
9-32
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.11 PIN INPUT/OUTPUT TYPES
Table 9-3.
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3121222
Ground Board J1 - Connector X001 (1600346 Power Module ONLY)
Function
Type
Range (V)
Ground
Power Output
0
Analyzer Power
Power Output
12
RS-232 Receive
Input/Output
Comm
RS-232 Transmit
Input/Output
Comm
Platform EMS
Input
Vbatt
Ground
Power Output
0
Ignition
Power Output
Vbatt
Platform EMS Source
Power Output
Vbatt
Not Used
--Left PHP Switch
Input
Vbatt
CAN Bus high
Input/Output
Comm
CAN Bus Low
Input/Output
Comm
CAN Bus Shield
Power Output
0
Not Used
--Elevation Prox Switch
Input
5
Ground
Power Output
0
Not Used
--Right PHP Switch
Input
Vbatt
Ignition
Power Output
Vbatt
Brake Release Swtich
Input
Vbatt
Steer Left Coil
Output
Vbatt
Steer Right Coil
Output
Vbatt
Right Brake Release
Output
Vbatt
Left Brake Release
Output
Vbatt
Lift Up Coil
Output
Vbatt
Lift Down Coil
Output
PWM
Ground
Power Output
0
Ground Alarm
Output
PWM
Charger Interlock
Input
Vbatt
Not Used
--CAN Bus High
Input/Output
Comm
CaN Bus Low
Input/Output
Comm
CAN Bus Shield
Output
0
Not Used
--Not Used
--Not Used
--Ground
Power Output
0
Not Used
--Master Ignition Connection
Power Input
Vbatt
Master Ground Connection
Power Input
0
Table 9-4. Ground Board J2 - Connector X002
Function
Type
Range (V)
Ignition
Power Output
Vbatt
Ground EMS
Power Input
Vbatt
Platform EMS Source
Power Input
Vbatt
Ground Mode Select
Input
Vbatt
Ground
Power Output
0
Ground Lift Up
Input
Vbatt
Ground Lift Down
Input
Vbatt
Hour Meter
Output
Vbatt
Ground Overload Lamp
Output
Vbatt
– JLG Lift –
9-33
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Pin
1
2
3
4
Table 9-5. Ground Board J3 - Connector X003
Function
Type
Range (V)
Tilt Sensor Power
Power Output
12
Tilt Sensor X-Axis (PWM)
Input
12
Tilt Sensor Y-Axis (PWM)
Input
12
Ground
Power Output
0
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Table 9-6. Platform Board J1 - Connector X050
Function
Type
Range (V)
Master Ignition
Power Input
Vbatt
Master Ground
Power Input
0
CAN Bus High
Input/Output
Comm
CAN Bus Low
Input/Output
Comm
Joystick Power Supply
Power Output
5
Joystick Signal
Input
5
Ground
Power Output
0
Trigger Switch
Input
Vbatt
Lift Select Switch (Active Low)
Input
Vbatt
Drive Select Switch (Active Low)
Input
Vbatt
Ground
Power Output
0
Platform Alarm (Active Low)
Output
Vbatt
Not Used
--Not Used
--Steer Left Switch
Input
Vbatt
Steer Right Switch
Input
Vbatt
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Table 9-7. Platform Board J3
Function
Type
Ground
Power Output
Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Indoor/Outdoor Select Switch (Active Low)
Input
Range (V)
0
-----Vbatt
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Table 9-8. Platform Board J4
Function
Type
Ground
Power Output
Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Not Used
-Horn Switch (Active Low)
Input
Range (V)
0
-----Vbatt
Table 9-9. Power Module - Connector X027 (1600346 Power Module)
Pin
Function
Type
Range (V)
1 Ignition
Power Input
Vbatt
2 Not Used
--3 Not Used
--4 Not Used
--5 Not Used
--6 Not Used
--7 Not Used
--8 Line Contactor High Side
Power Output
Vbatt
9 Not Used
--10 CAN Bus High
Input/Output
Comm
11 CAN Bus Low
Input/Output
Comm
12 Not Used
---
9-34
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3121222
Table 9-10. Power Module - J1 (1001092456 Power Module ONLY)
Function
Type
Primary Elevation Sensor Analog Input (0-5V)
Spare - Analog Input
Control for Ground Alarm (PWM)
Positive for Analyzer (+12V)
Ground Select (Logic Supply for Ground Mode)
Positive for Tilt Sensor (Connect to +BATT)
Positive for Ground Alarm (Connect to +BATT)
Ground Lift Up Switch (High-Sensing)
Right Pothole Switch (High Sensing)
Ground Lift Down Switch (High-Sensing)
Left Pothole Switch (High-Sensing)
Spare Negative Reference
Positive Main Line Contactor (Connect to GNDS diode OR’d with EMS)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Positive Rotary Sensor Reference (+5V)
Negative for Rotary Sensor
Positive Left Pothole Switch Reference (Connect to +BATT)
Positive Right Pothole Switch Reference (Connect to +BATT)
RS-232 Receive
RS-232 Transmit
Negative for Analyzer (Connect to -B )
Spare Negative Reference (Connect to -B)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Elevation Proximity Switch (High-Sensing; 1230ES only)
Charger Interlock (High-Sensing)
Foot Switch (High-Sensing; 1230ES only)
Battery Supply from External Relay
Positive Left Brake Release (Connect to +BATT)
Positive Right Brake Release (Connect to +BATT)
Positive Manual Brake Release (Connect to +BATT)
Negative Main Line Contactor (Low-Side Driver)
Negative Right Brake Solenoid (Low-Side Driver)
Negative Left Brake Solenoid (Low-Side Driver)
Spare Digital Output (Low-Side Driver) / Digital Input (High-Sensing)
– JLG Lift –
Analog
Analog
Digital
Power
Power
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Power
Power
Power
Power
Serial
Serial
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Power
Power
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Input
Input
Output
Output
Input
Output
Output
Input
Input
Input
Input
Output
Output
Input
Input
Output
Output
Output
Output
Input
Output
Output
Output
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
9-35
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
9-36
Table 9-11. Power Module - J2 (1001092456 Power Module ONLY)
Function
Type
Spare - (Connect to +BATT)
Positive Lift Down Valve (High-Side Driver)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
CANbus Low
CANbus High
Spare Positive Analog Reference (+5V )
Platform EMS (Logic Supply for Platform Mode)
Negative Steer Left Solenoid Valve (Low-Side Driver)
Switch Manual Brake Release (High-Sensing)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Spare Digital Input (High-Sensing)
Spare Negative Analog Reference (Connect to -B)
CANbus Shield (Connect to -B)
Negative Lift Down Valve (Low-Side Driver)
Negative Lift Up Solenoid Valve (Low-Side Driver)
Negative Steer Right Solenoid Valve (Low-Side Driver)
Spare Analog Input (0-5V)
Spare Digital Output (Low-Side Driver)
Spare Digital Output (Low-Side Driver)
Negative for Overload Lamp (Low-Side Driver)
Negative for Hourmeter (Low-Side Driver)
– JLG Lift –
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Serial
Serial
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Power
Power
Power
Digital
Digital
Analog
Digital
Digital
Digital
Digital
Output
Output
Input
Input
I/O
I/O
Output
Input
Output
Input
Input
Input
Input
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Input
Output
Output
Output
Output
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
Figure 9-20. Battery Charger/Inverter Electrical Connection Schematic
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-37
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.12 AC POWER RECEPTACLES AND WIRING (PLATFORM) - CE SPEC MACHINES ONLY
9-38
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-39
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9-40
– JLG Lift –
3121222
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
3121222
– JLG Lift –
9-41
SECTION 9 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION & SCHEMATICS
9.12 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
Figure 9-21. Hydraulic Diagram. (2792703_B)
9-42
– JLG Lift –
3121222
CALIFORNIAN PROPOSITION 65
BATTERY WARNING
Battery posts,
terminals and related
accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemical known to the
State of Califormia
to cause cancer and
reproductive harm.
WASH HANDS
AFTER HANDLING!
3121222
Corporate Office
JLG Industries, Inc.
1 JLG Drive
McConnellsburg PA. 17233-9533
USA
(717) 485-5161
(717) 485-6417
JLG Worldwide Locations
JLG Industries (Australia)
P.O. Box 5119
11 Bolwarra Road
Port Macquarie
N.S.W. 2444
Australia
+61 2 65 811111
JLG Latino Americana Ltda.
Rua Eng. Carlos Stevenson,
80-Suite 71
13092-310 Campinas-SP
Brazil
+55 19 3295 0407
+55 19 3295 1025
JLG Industries (UK) Ltd
Bentley House
Bentley Avenue
Middleton
Greater Manchester
M24 2GP - England
+44 (0)161 654 1000
+61 2 65 813058
JLG Deutschland GmbH
Max-Planck-Str. 21
D - 27721 Ritterhude - Ihlpohl
Germany
+49 (0)421 69 350 20
+49 (0)421 69 350 45
JLG France SAS
Z.I. de Fauillet
47400 Tonneins
France
+33 (0)5 53 88 31 70
+33 (0)5 53 88 31 79
+44 (0)161 654 1001
JLG Equipment Services Ltd.
Rm 1107 Landmark North
39 Lung Sum Avenue
Sheung Shui N. T.
Hong Kong
JLG Industries (Italia) s.r.l.
Via Po. 22
20010 Pregnana
Milanese - MI
Italy
(852) 2639 5783
+39 029 359 5210
(852) 2639 5797
+39 029 359 5845
Oshkosh - JLG Singapore T. E. P.
Ltd.
29 Tuas Ave 4
Jurong Industrial Estate
639379
Singapore
+65-6591-9030
+65-6591-9031
Plataformas Elevadoras
JLG Iberica, S.L.
Trapadella, 2
P.I. Castellbisbal Sur
08755 Castellbisbal, Barcelona
Spain
+34 93 772 4700
+34 93 771 1762
JLG Sverige AB
Enkopingsvagen 150
Box 704
SE - 176 27 Jarfalla
Sweden
+46 (0)850 659 500
+46 (0)850 659 534
www.jlg.com
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement